THE NAUTILUS THE PILSBRY QUARTERLY DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS '^/\ 1^ : 0 ^^f^^!^ t in VOL. 74 JULY, 1960 to APRIL, 1961 EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS HORACE BURRINGTON BAKER Professor Emeritus of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania CHARLES B. WURTZ Consulting Biologists Inc., 1009 Commercial Trust Building R. TUCKER ABBOTT H. A. Pilsbry Chair of Malacology, Academy of Natural Sciences MRS. HORACE B. BAKER Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PONY PRINTING, UPPER DARBY, PA. April, 1961 NAUTILUS j'>^ / * 4ii. ^■ CONTENTS 1;.;^ •; J^^J . ^| Names of new genera, species, etc. in iTaZki Viic.^ ' »" Alabama \^....^:.r34, 83 Alaska ^^*:^,,.41, 91 American Malacological Union 78 American Museum of Natural History 91 Arctic 41, 91 Arizona 75 Atlantic, eastern 85 western 1, 26, 46, 56, 81, 120, 122, 131, 149, 162 Argentina 23 Australorbis 35 Balch, Francis Noyes, obituary 164 Bartsch, Paul, death 33 Biomphalaria 35 Bithyniidae 34 Brachidontes recurvus 1 Bulimulus 68 Button, Fred L., collection of 38 Canada 84 Catinella (Mediappendix) hubrichti Grimm 9, 109 Catinella (M.) pinicola Grimm 11, 109 Catinella (M.) vermeta 12 Cayman Islands 122 Cepaea nemoralis 82 Cepolis, Puerto Rican 142 Chlamys (Argopecten) rehderi G. Grau ,15 Colubraria jordani, C. siphonata, C. soverbii 136 Colubraria xavieri G. Bruce Campbell 141 Contributors 39 Conus mus :. 81 Corbicula fluminea, introduction 114 Dates of Nautilus 33 Dinoplax gigas, parasitized by Odostomia chitonicola 87 Florida, marines 131 Foreign subscriptions 119 Genitalia, mounting of snail 32 Galacera Risso-Dominguez (Polyceridae) 56 78628 iv NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (Index) Gyraulus arizonensis 37 Haiti 166 Helix pomatia 120 Hendersonia occulta 83 Heteropods as fish food 46 Hydrobiidae 34 Indiana 70 Indo-Pacific, south 15, 65 west 85 Illinois 120 Kansas 121 Kentucky 62 Littoridina sphinctostoma 158 Littorina littorea 120 Locomotion, temperature k light effects in slugs 125 Louisiana 157 Lyrodes doellojuradoi Parodiz 25 Lyrodes guarantica 23 Maryland 8, 102, 106, 160 Massachusetts 122 Mattox, Norman T., death 33 Mediappendix 123 Michigan 102, 109, 123 Mississippi 83 Mya arenaria, record size 120 Nelson, Charles G., collection of 39 North Carolina 13, 33, 166 Northwest Shell Club 121 Notes and news 33, 81, 119, 165 Odostomia, larval shell 85 Odostomia chitonicola on Dinoplax gigas 85 Odostomia dianthophila Wells & Wells 151 Odostomia dux 150 Okkelberg, Peter Olaus, obituary 119, 163 Orthalicus undatus jamaicensis 122 Pacific, east 18, 28, 41, 131, 136 south 15 Pallifera (Pancalyptus) fosteri 102 Pallifera (Pancalyptus) megaphallica Grimm 102 April, 1961 NAUTILUS v Pallifera (Pancalyptus) pilshryi & subsp. santaritana Miles & Mead 76 Pisidium henslowanum 123 Planorbina 35 Pleistocene 18, 26 Pleurotomariidae 162 Pliocene 26 Polyplex Perry, type of 28 Pomatiopsis lapidaria 33 Post-Pleistocene 70 Probythinella procera 158 Pteropods as fish food 46 Publications received 40, (2) :iii, 123, (4) :iii Puerto Rico 142, 166 Pyramidellidae, hosts 85 Quickella vagans 123 Rhode Island 82 Rissoella caribaea 134 Rissoella galba Robertson 135 Salinity, low 1 Schenck, Hubert G., death 118 Schwengel, Jeanne S., death 165 Slugs, light Sc temperature effects on locomotion 125 South Carolina 33 Sphaerium transversum 121 Survival, effect of low salinity 1 Tennessee 114, 166 Texas 37, 68, 82 Taphius 34 Thais 38 Truncatellidae 34 Unionidae 109 Venus, voyage of 65 Vitrinizonites uvidermis 1 66 West Virginia 34 Wyoming 84, 95 Yunquea monteplatonis 1 66 Yunqueinae 166 vi NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (Index) INDEX TO AUTHORS Abbott, R. Tucker 33, 33, 81 Allen, J. Frances 1 Baily, Joshua L., Jr 28 Baker, H. Burrington 33, 34, 35, 38, 123, 142, 166 Beetle, Dorothy E 84, 84, 95 Branson, Branley A 38 Burch, John Q 81 Campbell, G. Bruce 136 Champion, Merrill E. 164 Clench, William J 82, 122 Dexter, Ralph W 38, 119, 120 Editors 39, 166 Eyerdam, Walter Jacob 41, 91 Grau, Gilbert 15 Grimm, F. Wayne 8, 102, 106, 160 Heard, William H 109, 123 Hubricht, Leslie 33, 34, 68, 82, 83, 83, 166 Ingram, William Marcus (Sinclair Sc) 114 Kaplan, Michael F. & W. L. Minckley 62 Karlin, Edward J 125 Manager 119 Mead, Albert R. (Miles Sc) 75 Michelson, Edward H 32 Miles, Charles D. & Albert R. Mead 75 Minckley, W. L. (Kaplan k) 62 Murray, Harold D 121 Orr, Virginia (Robertson &) 85 Parmalee, Paul W 70 Parodiz, J. J 23 Rehder, H. A 122 Rice, Tom 121 Risso-Dominguez, Carlos J 56 Robertson, Robert 119, 131 Robertson Sc Virginia Orr 85 Russell, Henry D 46 Schalie, Henry van der 119, 163 Sinclair, Ralph M. Sc William Marcus Ingram 114 Solem, Alan 38, 39, 157 April, 1961 NAUTILUS vii Teskey, Margaret C 78 Turner, Ruth D 122, 162 Valentine, James W 18 Wells, Harry W. & Mary Jane 149 Wells, John W 26 Vol. 74 JULY, 1960 No. 1 THK NAUTILUS THE PILSBRY QUARTERLY DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS Horace Burrington Baker, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pa. (Emeritus Professor of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania) Charles B. Wurtz, Consulting Biologists 1009 Commercial Trust Building, Philadelphia 2 R. Tucker Abbott, Henry A. Pilsbry Chair of Malacology Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 3 CONTENTS Effect of low salinity on survival of the curved mussel, ♦ Brachidontes recurvus. By /. Frances Allen 1 Two new succineids from Maryland, with notes on Catinella vermeta. By W. Wayne Grimm 8 A new Chlamys from the south Pacific. By Gilbert Grau 15 Pleistocene molluscan notes, 3. Rocky coast faunule, Bahia San Quintin, Mexico. By James W. Valentine 18 Neotype for Lyrodes guaranitica Doering and description of a new species. By /. /. Parodiz 23 A Pleistocene marine mollusk in central New York. By John W. Wells 26 The type of Folyplex Perry, By Joshua L. Baily, Jr 28 A rapid method for preparing mounts of snail genitalia. By Edward H. Michelson 32 Notes and news 33 Publications received 40 ^3.50 per year (^3.65 to Foreign Countries) ^1.00 a copy. Mrs. Horace B. Baker, Business Manager 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania Second-Class Postage paid at Philadelphia, Penna. NAUTILUS: A Quarterly Journal devoted to the study of Mollusks, edited and published by Horace B. Baker, Charles B. Wurtz and R. Tucker Abbott. Matter for publication should reach the senior editor by the first of the month preceding the month of issue (January, April, July and October) . Manuscript should be typewritten and DOUBLE SPACED throughout. Proofs will not be submitted to authors unless requested. Authors are charged for engraving blocks of plates and/or figures at cost, which averages $5.50 per page. But the minimum charge for each separate block is $3.00. Reprints are furnished at printer's rates. Orders should be written on or attached to first page of manuscript. PURCHASE ORDERS, when re- quired, and shipping instructions, MUST accompany original order. Extra clerical or bookkeeping work because of delayed receipt of purchase ordei^ will be charged for accordingly: 2 pp. 4 pp. 8 pp. 50 copies $3.00 $5.00 $8.00 100 copies 3.25 6.00 9.50 Additional 100s 1.30 2.00 3.00 Plates: Add $1.25 per plate. [Postage Extra] The Nautilus is the official organ of the American Malacological Union. Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs. Margaret C. Teskey, Secretary, Route 2, Box 318, Marinette, Winsconsin. EXCHANGE NOTICES For Exchange or Sale: Rare dredged deep water shells from Florida and West Indies, reliable data. Exchanges limited to western Atlantic. Thomas L. McGinty, Baynton Beach, Florida Wooden Shell Cabinets: For exchange or sale. Contact: Alan Solem, Chicago Natural History Museum, Dept. Zoology, Chicago 5, Illinois. Wanted: Pectens (world-wide) . Exchange or purchase. Can offer good marine specimens, many genera, with data. Gilbert Grau, 2457 Claremont Ave., Hollywood 27, Calif. For Exchange: Fine specimen shells, world-wide. Nick Katsaras, 479-B South Washington Ave., Bergenfield, N. J. THE NAUTILUS Vol. 74 July, 1960 No. 1 EFFECT OF LOW SALINITY ON SURVIVAL OF THE CURVED MUSSEL, BRACHIDONTES RECURVUS By J. FRANCES ALLEN* National Science Foundation, Washington, D. C, Numerous investigators have been interested in the ability of various marine mollusks, especially pelecypods and gastropods, to adapt themselves to environments of changing salinities. Beudant (1816) found that such forms as Ostrea and Mytilus could resist the ill effects of exposure to fresh water better than those mollusks from the open sea. Chidester (1924) observed that Mytilus edulis is unable to keep the molecular concentra- tion of the blood in low dilutions and probably dies as a result of asphyxiation. Federighi (1931) noted that the occurrence of death in an unsuitable medium may be the result of failure to adjust body fluids so that they are in equilibrium with the medium, to the toxic action of solutes, to the loss of essential salts, to the inability to carry on respiration and other processes which are essential to metabolism. The same author reported that a slight variation in salinity causes oysters to stop feeding. Pearse (1950) wrote that changes in salt concentration in both internal and external media change the respiratory rate in marine animals. In those forms which can not adjust, respira- tion becomes slower and finally ceases. He points out that they are better able to withstand slow changes rather than rapid changes in salinity and that they show toleration for varying degrees of dilution according to the concentration of the me- dium in their previous environment. During the spring of 1951, there was a heavy mortality of the population of the curved or hooked mussel, Brachidontes reciirvus (Rafinesque) , on Hackett's Bar in the upper Chesa- peake Bay. Since January, 1950, this area had been the subject of an intensive study of certain aspects of the biology, ecology. * Work done while with the Department of Zoolog)', University of Mary- land, College Park, Maryland. NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1) TABLE I BOTTCM TIMPERATORE AND SAUNTIT AT HACKETT^S BAR JASUABJ 16, 1950 THROUGH APRIL 16, 1951 DATE T3IPSRATURE • C. SALINITT^. 6.8 10.10 5.7 11.60 2.7 13.60 3.6 12.70 6.1 9.30 7.0 5.20 10.3 7.50 13.6 7.90 13.3 10.10 17.7 8.00 19.0 8.64 22.5 9.64 23.5 9.63 24.5 8.51 23.5 12.05 24.3 13.44 22.8 10.75 20.4 15.41 19.5 16.24 17.4 15.81 11.6 13.28 7.2 8.86 6.8 8.77 3.1 7.48 3.6 9.47 2.1 3.84 2.1" 3.48 1.8 2.85 5.3 6.91 5.2 8.21 8.4 5.44 9.6 5.84 1950 - Jan. 16 Feb. 16 Kar* 1 13 27 Apr* 10 24 May 8 22 Juzi. 5 19 Jul. 3 17 31 Aug. 14 28 Sept .11 25 Oct. 9 25 KOT. 13 27 Dec. 11 1951 - Jan. 2 15 29 Feb. 5 19 Kar. 5 19 Apr. 2 16 July, 1960 NAUTILUS 3 and growth of this species. Hackett's Bar is located on the west- ern side of the Bay, approximately two nautical miles north of the mouth of the Severn River. It is 14 to % of a mile off shore from Hackett Point, in water varying in depth from 2 to 35 feet. Brachidontes recurvus is an important fouling organism pres- ent on oyster bars in the upper Chesapeake Bay and its tribu- taries, and it is also prevalent on bars situated in the Atlantic coastal areas from New Jersey (Nelson, 1928) , Chesapeake Bay (Field, 1922) , southward through the Gulf area (Chestnut, 1949; Engle, 1945 and 1948). The relative abundance of a mussel population of an indi- vidual bar has been observed to vary from year to year. In some instances, a bar which is well populated one year will show a sparse population one or two years later. From January 1950 through March 1951, the mussels on Hackett's Bar grew in large clusters attached to oyster shells. Monthly examinations of the population during this period showed little fluctuation either in the relative numbers of indi- viduals or in their size variation. Dead mussels were not com- mon and the mortality never exceeded 1 or 2% of the popu- lation. During the same period, the salinity at Hackett's fluctuated considerably (Table I) as would be expected in any estuary. It reached its highest point on October 9, 1950, at which time it was 16.24 0/00 (parts per 1000), and its lowest value on February 19, 1951, was 2.85 0/00, At approximately the same time the preceding year, February 16, the salinity was 11.6 0/00, and during the spring the salinity did not go below 5.2 0/00. Following the low salinities of January and February 1951, a noticeable mortality was observed in samples collected from March 5 through April 16. A count of a bushel of oyster shells with attached mussels showed a mortality of 54.9%; that is, from a total of 628 mussels, 283 were alive and 345 were empty shells. A population survey of the Bar was made in October 1951, and at that time less than one percent of the population was greater than 35 mm. in length, the majority of the mussels at that time representing the set of 1951. In addition, many byssal threads attached to the shells indicated the recent disap- 4 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1) pearance of these mussels. Although the salinity value rose to 6.91 o/oo by March 5, the importance of the sudden drop in salinity, as a possible causative factor in producing mortality, was recognized. The effects of lowered salinity on oyster mortalities in the upper Bay are well known (Beaven, 1946; Engle, 1946) , However, as Beaven (1946) points out, exposure to a brief period of lowered salinity seems to have little permanent effect on quality and survival of oysters. In an effort to determine the relative importance of lowered salinity on the survival of the curved mussel, an experimental study was instigated in the laboratory to discover the effect of varying salinity values on their survival. Appreciation is expressed to Mr. James B. Engle and the staff of the Shellfisheries Investigations of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Annapolis, Maryland, for assistance with the collection of the mussels and for the data on temperature and salinity from the area of Hackett's Bar. Methods and materials Oysters and attached mussels were collected from Hackett's Bar with a standard oyster dredge on April 16, 1951. Groups of mussels still attached to the oyster shells were placed in six-gallon glass aquaria containing water from just above the Bar and from the same area as that from which the mussels were taken. The water in the aquaria was diluted with distilled water following the technique of Fox (1936) so that the salinity in the various aquaria ranged from 0.9 o/oo to 6.5 o/oo. The aquaria, each be- ing aerated continuously, were kept at room temperature so that the water varied from 18° C. to 21° C. The duration of the study was 36 days. Salinity was calculated from chlorinity by titration with silver nitrate. Each aquarium contained 4 gallons of water and between 40 and 50 mussels. A representative population of all size ranges was involved. Observations and discussion A mortality was observed in any salinity below 6.00 o/oo with a constant increase in the percent mortality with decreasing salinity. The results are summarized in Table II, These data show that in the salinity range, including 2.85 o/oo observed on Hackett's Bar, a 100% mortality occurred. Likewise, one may note, a mortality of 98% is associated with salinities July, 1960 NAUTILUS TABLE II PER Cmr MORTALITY OF B. RECURVUS ASSOCIATED WITH LOW"SALBIITT SALINITY RANGE TOTAL NUMBER OF SPECIMENS NUMBER DIED PER CENT MORTALITY 6.0 - 6.5 135 0 0.00 5.6 - 5.9 184 11 5.97 4.6 - 5.5 144 22 15.22 3.6 - 4.5 216 212 98.01 0.9 - 3.5 165 TABLE III 165 100.00 NUMERICAL SUMMARY OF THE MORTALITY OF B. RECURVUS BY DAYS SALINITY % o 5.6- 5.9 4.6 - 5.5 3.6- 4.5 0.9 - 3.5 DAYS NUMBER OF DEATHS 3 3 5 64 80 5 5 16 24 7 7 32 20 10 2 3 4d 8 12 1 24 12 14 1 20 12 16 3 12 8 19 1 1 TOTAL DEATHS 11 22 212 165 6 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1) below 4.5 o/oo. This indicates that the critical low salinity for the survival of Brachidontes recurvus is probably 4.5 o/oo. The greater number of deaths in all salinities occurred during the first 7 days. This was followed by a decreasing mortality ex- tending over the following 2 weeks. The mussels surviving at the end of the 3 weeks period continued to live until the termin- ation of the observations. These data are presented in Table III. From examination of Table III, considerable individual re- sistance to low salinities is apparent. In the salinity range of 0.9-3.5, the greater number of early mortalities is associated with the lower end on the salinity range. It should be noted that a rather striking correlation exists between the experimental data and the observed salinity and mortality on Hackett's Bar. On February 5 the salinity (Table I) had dropped to 3.48 o/oo which is well within the range of the experimental data where 98% mortality occurred. Thus, the mussels on the Bar were exposed to critical salinity conditions for a sufficiently long period to account for the observed mor- tality. The rise in salinity to 6.91 o/oo by March 5, continuing upward to 8.21 o/oo by March 19, apparently was insufficient to prevent the mortality in the population which had been observed during March and April. Therefore, a part of the observed mor- tality in the population was the result of the lowered salinity in January-February 1951. The lower percent mortality of 54.94 noted in the mussel population, may have been associated with the fact that lower temperatures prevailed simultaneously with the lower salinities (Table I) , It is well established that the curved mussel occurs abundantly in areas of low salinity as well as in areas of high salinity. Mytilus edulis exists quite satisfactorily along the ocean coasts and in habitats where the salinity is relatively high and which are not too distant from the influx, during tidal changes, of water of higher salinity (Dexter, 1947) . In 1928, Dodgson noted that Mytilus edulis at Conway, Wales, could survive emersion during naturally occurring diurnal tidal periods in such extremely hypo- tonic solutions as 1.4 o/oo. He found that, at salinities below 16.18 o/oo, byssus formation was defective or did not occur; at 12.47 to 14.94 o/oo the closing of the valves was affected but that with a gradual reduction from the normal sea water to 8.75 o/oo the animals were able to survive and thrive. This same author indicated that these same mussels underwent no apparent harm July, 1960 NAUTILUS 7 after being in water with a salinity value of 31.00 o/oo. Fox et al. (1936) points out that M. calif ornianus is confined to salinities from 17.00 o/oo and above. While this species can tolerate a salinity of 45.00 o/oo, values from 12.00 to 0.00 o/oo were fatal within 7 days. Chanley (1958) reporting on the survival of various species of juvenile bivalves, states that B. recurvus from Chesapeake Bay subjected during studies at the U. S. Shellfisheries Laboratory at Milford, Connecticut, to different salinities, survived a salinity of 2.5 o/oo in temperatures ranging from 17.6° to 24.0° C. but that the gonad condition was poor. The same author who used specimens ranging in length from 17 to 47 mm. speaks of them as juveniles. The writer has found (unpublished data) that in the upper Chesapeake Bay, the mussels of this species at 20 mm. in length are in their second or third year of growth, and at 40 mm. are in their fourth or fifth year. Such a designation as juvenile appears to be somewhat questionable. Although the curved mussel is widely distributed in the upper Chesapeake Bay and its tributaries where salinities generally range between 12 o/oo and 80/00, its inability to withstand much lower salinities is obviously a contributing factor to its limited occurrence in less saline waters as well as its actual survival. Summary Experimental evidence indicates that salinities less than 6.00 0/00 contribute to the population mortality of Brachidontes recurvus in the upper Chesapeake Bay. Since the largest number of deaths was found experimentally to occur in salinities of less than 4.5 0/00, this is the probable critical salinity value for the species. Apparently the rate of survival is somewhat higher during periods when the low salinities are accompanied by low temper- atures. However, the susceptibility of this species to detrimental effects of decreasing salinity values can be considered as con- tributing both to the distribution and survival of the mussel. Literature cited Beudant, F. S. 1816. Memoire sur la possibilite de fair vivres des mollusques fluviatilis les eaux saliene. J. Phys. 83: 268-284. Beavan, G, F. 1946. Effect of the Susquehanna River stream flow on Chesapeake Bay salinities and history of past oyster mor- talities in upper Bay bars. Ann. Rept. Md. Bd. Nat. Res.: Ml. 8 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1) Chanley, P. E. 1958. Survival of some juvenile bivalves in water of low salinity. Proc. Nat. Shellfish. Assoc. 48: 52-65. Chestnut, A. F. 1949. The oyster industry of North Carolina and some of its problems. Address. Nat. Shellfish. Assoc: 11-12. Chidester, F. E. 1924. A critical examination of the evidence tor physical and chemical influence on fish migration. Brit. J. Exp. Biol. 2: 79-118. Dexter, R. W. 1947. The marine communities of a tidal inlet at Cape Ann, Massachusetts: a study in bio-ecology. Ecol. Monogr. 17: 262-294. Dodgson, R. W. 1928. Report on mussel purification. Fish. Invest. London. 10{\): 1-498. Engle, J. B. 1945. The condition of the natural reefs and other public oyster bottoms of Alabama in 1943 with suggestions for their improvement. Spec. Sci. Rept. No. 29. Fish & Wildl. Serv., U. S. Dept. Interior. 42 pp. 1946. Commercial aspects of the upper Chesapeake Bay oyster bars in light of recent oyster mortalities. Third Ann. Rept. Md. Bd. Nat. Res.: 134-140. 1948. Investigation of the oyster reefs of Mississippi, Louis- iana, and Alabama following the hurricane of Sept. 19, 1947. Spec. Sci. Rept. No. 59. Fish ^ Wildl. Serv., U. S. Dept. Interior. 71 pp. Feredighi, H. 1931. The salinity death points of Urosalpinx cinerea Say. Ecol. 12: 346-353. Field, I. A. 1922. Biology and economic value of the sea mussel Mytilus edulis. Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish. 38: 127-259. Bur. Fish. Doc. 992. Fox, D. L. et al. 1936. The habitat and food of the California sea mussel. Bull. Scripps. Inst. Oceanogr. Tech. Ser. 4: 1-64. Nelson, T. C. 1928. Pelagic dissoconchs of the common mussel, Mytilus edulis, with observations on the behavior of the larvae of allied genera. Biol. Bull. 55: 180-192. Pearse, A. S. 1950. The emigrations of animals. The Sherwood Press, Dry den, N. Y. 210 pp. TWO NEW SUCCINEIDS FROM MARYLAND, WITH NOTES ON CATINELLA VERMETA By F. WAYNE GRIMM Michigan State University, East Lansing, Mich. Two new succineids of the genus Catinella (subgenus Mediap- pendix)^ were found in collections of snails taken in Maryland in 1 See N. Hj. Odhner, 1950. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond. 28: 200-209. Mediap- pendix Pils., 1948, and Quickella Boettger, 1939, are considered by Odhner to be subgenera of Catinella Pease, 1871, on the basis of the structure of the penis. In this genus, the sheathless penis ranges from the simple, primitive, non-appendiculate structure of Catinella s.s., through the knobbed structure of Quickella, lo the strongly appendiculate form of Mediappendix. July, 1960 NAUTILUS 9 1959. The few records available are limited to the Atlantic Coastal Plain region of that state. Type material has been de- posited in the collections of the University of Michigan Museum of Zoology (UMMZ) , the United States National Museum (USNM) , the museum at Michigan State University, and in the collection of the author. Holotypes are in UMNZ. Catinella (Medi appendix) hubrichti, new species. Fig 1, A-E; pi. 1, F. Shell translucent olive-yellow, rounded-ovate in shape (resem- bling a small Oxyloma), glossy, smooth, with unevenly spaced growth wrinkles; spire short, but acute; aperture slightly reced- ing, broadly expanded at the base, occupying approximately .73 of the length of the shell. Compared with C. vermeta (Say) of similar length, the shell has about 1 whorl less, is more glossy, lacks a produced spire and deep suture, and is free of the earthy coating commonly associated with vermeta. Dimensions in mm. and whorl counts approximate Length Length Diam. aperture Whorls 7.88 5.60 5.76 21/2 type 9.28 6.24 6.80 21/2 para type 9.00 6.40 6.40 21/2 paratype 6.55 4.60 4.40 23/8 paratype 7.20 4.80 5.20 23/8 paratype Type locality: Near dump along Pocomoke River, w.s.w. edge of Snow Hill, Worcester Co., Md. Among wet leaves and cypress needles on mud near small creek (Grimm, Dec. 27, 1959) . Type: Univ. Mich. Mus. Zool. no. 200684; paratypes UMMZ. 200685. This locality is situated in the south-central portion of the Delmarva Peninsula, which is east of the Chesapeake Bay. Also from the vicinity of Persimmon Creek at Md. Route 6, St. Mary's Co., Md. (March 29, 1959), and Patuxent River marshes at Leon, Anne Arundel Co., Md. (July 12, 1959). Color of animal: In preserved specimens, the mantle over the lung is translucent whitish, heavily maculate with gray. Near the unmarked edge of the mantle, the maculations coalesce to form irregularly elongate spots. A conspicuous, oblique black streak is situated near the posterior edge of the mantle. A similar streak occupies an anterior dorsal position, immediately to the left of the kidney. Although the intensity of the maculation is some- what variable individually, the presence of the black streaks seems to be a constant character in this species. Until more ma- terial is at hand, however, no definite statement can be made 10 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1) concerning variability of pattern. The type lot is much less variable in this respect than any comparable lot of C. vermeta seen. The yellowish body and head are heavily spotted with dark gray, and the sole is unmarked yellow. In life, the background color is subtranslucent amber, and the skin contains minute flecks of orange visible under low magnification. The distinctive mantle pattern is visible through the shell, and the mantle appears to be edged with a thin line of greenish-yellow. Genitalia: The genital orifice is in an irregularly curved fossa provided with a small flap-like, overhanging lobe. The brownish- gray hermaphrodite duct is prominently swollen and variously twisted. The divided talon is of moderate size and variable pig- mentation, ranging from dark gray to cream white in color. The prostate is large, irregularly ovate in shape, and lightly dotted with gray. The vas deferens is of moderate length (a bit longer than in C. vermeta) and slightly thickened at the penial insertion, where it tends to form a loop. The penis is slender and fingerlike, bearing a somewhat longer and more slender appendix which branches off slightly below the middle. The penial retractor is thickened near its insertion, which is slightly below the point of entrance of the vas deferens. The retractor appears to have more fibers in the region of the appendix than are attached to the penis proper. Both the penis and the appendix are flecked with minute orange dots. The small, globose spermatheca is on a thin duct which is slightly longer than the penis. Primarily, the penis and appendix of this species differ from those of C. vermeta (Say) and C. vagans (Pils.) in being much more elongate and slender. Because the size of the spermatheca, the appearance of the talon, and the degree of pigmentation and dilation of the hermaphrodite duct appear to be variable char- acters in the many C. vermeta dissected, they may have little or no bearing upon the specific identity of members of this genus. The genitalia of the single specimen from St. Mary's Co. are reduced and threadlike, although they maintain proportions similar to those of the type lot. This specimen contained a small dipteran larva. The mantle pattern is almost identical to that of certain specimens in the type lot. The presence of a nematode cyst near the spermatheca of a specimen in the type lot did not appear to alter the appearance of the genitalia to a recognizable degree. July, 1960 NAUTILUS 11 At the type locality, this species was associated with Pallifera fosteri F. C. Baker, Deroceras laeve (Miill) , and Pseudosuccinea columella (Say) . This species is named for Leslie Hubricht, in recognition of his contribution to our knowledge of the land snails of the Atlantic Coastal Plain. CatixNELLa (Mediappendix) pinicola, new species. Fig. 1, F-K; pi. 1, C-E. Shell small, ovate, thin and subtranslucent, somewhat calcar- eous; spire acute, proportionally longer than that of C. hubrichti; aperture rounded, expanded, occupying about .65 of the length of the shell; suture deeply indented, though not as deeply as in C. vermeta; whorls rounded, with a dull gloss, marked by uneven lines of growth. The lower whorls are of a light mustard shade, fading to whitish at the apex. In life, the shell is partially coated with dirt. The shell of C. pinicola resembles that of vermeta but contains about y^ whorl less in shells of similar size, is less slender, has a shorter spire and longer aperture proportionally, and is some- what more calcareous than vermeta. Whereas the shell of vermeta ranges from golden brown to greenish-white in color, that of pinicola is of a more yellow shade. Dimensions in mm. and whorl counts approximate Length aperture Whorls 4.48 23/4 type 5.00 23/4 para type 4.18 23/4 paratype 4.16 2^8 paratype 4.40 234 paratype 3.78 25/8 paratype Type locality: Near dump along Pocomoke River, w.s.w. edge of Snow Hill, Worcester Co., Md. Type: UMMZ. no. 200686; paratypes UMMZ. no. 200687. Under debris in open, loblolly pine woods, associated with prickly pear, Smilax, honeysuckle, etc. (Grimm, Dec. 27, 1959) . Also from Royal Oak, Wicomico Co., Md. (Dec. 26, 1959) and Locks Swamp Creek at Md. Route 6, St. Mary's Co., Md. (March 29, 1959) . Color of animal: In preserved specimens, the mantle over the lung ranges from gray to blackish, and is spotted copiously with darker pigment. Where the irregularly dispersed pigment ap- proaches the cream-white edge of the mantle, it coalesces to form irregular dark bands. A dark, elongate patch of gray-brown oc- cupies the area immediately to the left of the kidney. The mantle maculation of this species resembles that of C. hubrichti closely. ^ength Diam. 7.17 4.85 8.00 4.97 7.20 5.00 6.96 4.40 6.70 4.32 5.88 4.00 12 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1) but there is no posterior black streak, and the pigmentation forms more definite band zones near the edge. The head, tenta- cles, and sole are cream white, and the sides of the foot are pep- pered sparsely with gray. Genitalia: The genital orifice closely resembles that of hu- hrichti, but the overhanging lobe is less prominent than in that species. The gray, hermaphrodite duct is slightly swollen and twisted. The talon is divided, thick, and dotted with gray. The prostate is as in huhrichti, but more heavily pigmented. The vas deferens is moderately long, conspicuously thickened, looped, and dilated near the point of entrance into the penis. The free end of this epiphallic loop is closely adherent to the upper lateral side of the penis, which is short and globose in shape and hears no elongate extension beyond the middle. The elongate appendix is thick and thumb-like. Both the penis and the appendix are shaded with dark brownish gray, the pigmentation being heaviest in the region of the vas deferens. The penial retractor is large, thick, and dilated near its insertion, which is above the epiphallic loop. The spermatheca is moderately large, globose, and placed at the end of a duct approximately as long as the penial complex. The single specimen from St. Mary's Co., is smaller and lacks pigmentation in the prostate and talon. That from Wicomico Co. has an erect and strongly curved epiphallic loop. This species is easily separated from others in the genus by the unusual aspect of the penis, vas deferens, and epiphallus. At the type locality, it was associated with Triodopsis hopetonensis (Shutt.) , T. albolabris (Say) , Mesodon thyroidus (Say) , Ret- inella indentata (Say) , Zonitoides arboreus (Say) , Hawaiia min- uscula (Binn.) , Anguispira alternata (Say) , Gastrocopta con- tracta (Say) , Strobilops aenea Pils., Pallifera fosteri F. C. Baker, P. mutabilis Hubricht, Limax marginatus Miill., L. maximus Linn., and Deroceras laeve (Miill.) . Catinella (Mediappendix) hubrichti appears to be allied to the midwestern C. (M.) wandae (Webb) by the strongly bifurcate penial complex. Neither hubrichti nor pinicola appear to possess the "glandular" portion of the appendix described by Webb (1953a) for wandae and oklahomarum. Catinella (M.) vermeta (Say) . Fig. 1, L-O; pi. 1, A, B. For comparative purposes, the following data concerning Cat- inella vermeta (Say) are presented. Below are the shell measure- July, 1960 NAUTILUS 13 ments of four examples from Ingham Co., Mich. Dimensions in mm. and whorl counts approximate Length Length Diam. aperture Whorls 7.44 4.40 3.82 31/2 8.53 5.08 4.56 35/3 6.80 4.16 4.00 31/4 4.98 3.37 2.98 23/4 Specimens in the author's collection have been identified from the following counties in five states: Michigan: Ingham, Monroe, Lapeer, Livingston, and Wash- tenaw counties. Ohio: Stark and Harrison counties. West Vir- ginia: Ohio Co. New Jersey: Burlington Co. Maryland: Frederick and Charles counties. These records, plus those published by Hubricht (1958) indi- cate that this species occurs from glaciated land in southern Mich- igan southeastward through the Ohio Valley on to the Atlantic Coastal Plain. C. vermeta has been widely confused with Succinea, and doubtless will be found to have a much wider range than is now known. Even when immature, this species is easy to recog- nize by the appendiculate penis. Until topotypes of "Succinea avara Say" are dissected and an anatomical identification estab- lished, the nomenclature of small American succineids cannot become fixed upon an acceptable point of reference. The genitalia of C. vermeta do not appear to differ from the figures published for C. vagans (Pils.) . The two are probably conspecific. Published records for vagans indicate its occurrence in North Carolina and New Jersey (Pilsbry, 1948), Kansas (Webb, 1953a; Leonard, 1959), Michigan (Lee, 1951), and Oklahoma (Webb, 1953b) . Undoubtedly, the midwestern local- ities pertain to vermeta. The record from Lake Waccamow, N. C. (Pilsbry, 1948) is doubtless also vermeta (Leslie Hubricht, in let- ter) . In spite of the evidence of conspecificity, the present author hesitates to place vagans in synonymy until shells of its type lot can be examined and topotypes dissected by him. Thus the taxonomic status of vagans becomes uncertain, in view of Hu- bricht's (1958) statement that tototypes of vermeta have a similar penis. In southern Michigan, sexually mature vermeta appear in the latter part of September. They continue to increase in size until at least the first half of the following June. No further data on their development are available at this time. This snail appears 14 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1) to prefer the muddy margins of ponds, lakes, and streams. Several lots were collected in ditches, marshes, and culverts in Michigan and Ohio. hubTLclntl Fig. 1. Shells of Catinella. A-E, C. hubrichti, type and paratypes. F-K, C. pinicola, type and paratypes. L-O, C. vermeta, from East Lansing, Ingham Co., Mich. Scales = approximately 1 mm. The mantle pattern noted for this species is variable. It gen- erally consists of suffused gray zones or mottlings on a lighter background. The band zones are obscure, and never seem to be as prominent as in either of the two new species herein described. The author is indebted to Dr. RoUin H. Baker and to Dr. T. Wayne Porter, both of Michigan State University, for their con- structive criticism of this paper. References Hubricht, Leslie, 1958. Quickella vermeta and Succinea Indiana. Naut. 72:60. NAUTILUS 74 (1) PLATE 1 Genitalia of Catinella. A, C. vermeta, Frederick Co.. Md. B. C. vcrmeta, Ingham Co.. Mich. CD, C. pinicola, from type lot. E. C. piriicola. St. Mary's Co.. Md. F, C. huhrichti, from type lot: mantle pattern at f. Scales = ap- proximately 1 mm. NAUTILUS 74 (1) PLATE 2 Chlamys (Argupecten) rehderi Grau. Fij^. 1; Holotype. right (left fig.) and left valves. Figs. 2, 3: Right (2) and left (3) valves from tvpe lot. July, 1960 NAUTILUS -. 15 Kagan, I. G. 1949. Quickella (familv Succineidae) a nev host for spoTocysis oi Leucochloridium (Trematoda: Brachylaemidae) in southeastern Michigan. Jour. Parasit. 55.'^-39. Lee, C. B. 1951. The Molluscan family Succineidae in Michigan. Unpublished doctor's dissertation, Univ. Mich. Leonard, A. B. 1959. Handbook of gastropods in Kansas. L^niv. Kas. Mus. Xat. Hist., Misc. Pub."2(>.'161-165. Miles, C. D. 1958. The family Succineidae (^Gastropoda: Pul- monata) in Kansas. Univ. Kas. Sci. Bull. i5;1499-1543. Odhner, X. Hj. 1950. Succineid studies, genera and species of subfamilv Catinellinae nov. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond. 2>^;200- 209. Pilsbr\-, H. A. 1948. Land MoUusca of North America (north of Mexico). Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Monogr. 3, vol. 2; (2) 521-1113 (see pp. 842-845) . Webb, G. R. 1953a. Anatomical studies on some midwestem Succineidae and two ne^s" species. Jour. Tenn. Acad. Sci. 1953b. Additions to the pulmonate snails of Oklahoma (with notes on anatomical techniques) . Proc. Okla. Acad. Sci. 5-/ .-81-84. A NEW CHLAMYS FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC Bv GILBERT GIL\U Early in 1959, Dr. Harald A. Rehder, of the L'nited States Na- tional Museum, sent the author six lots of Pectinidae he had collected during 1957 in the Societv Islands and the Tuamotu Archipelago. It ^s•as immediately apparent that the specimens comprising a lot taken at Bora Bora, Society Islands, represented a species either new to science or ver\- rare and little-known. After a thorough search of the literature on Pectinidae in general and on the species native to the central and western Pacific in par- ticular, followed by extensive comparisons with series of related species in his collection, the author concluded that this species had not previously been described. Its description follows. Chl.\mys (-\rgopecten) rehderi, sp. nova. PL 2, figs. 1-3 Shell small, largest known specimen (a right valve) 9.5 mm. in height and 9 in length, nearly equivalve and nearly orbicular; moderately inflated: hinge margin as long as disk or nearly; beaks produced a little beyond hinge margin. Right valve mod- eratelv convex: 18 to 23 rounded ribs on central portion of disk, with 4 or 5 riblets flanking each submargin: interspaces about same width as ribs: entire disk covered with fine concentric lamellae, usually worn off tops of ribs. Anterior auricle long, with 16 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1) 5 to 7 pronounced and distinctly imbricated riblets, moderately wide fasciole, fairly deep byssal sinus, and ctenolium of 6 teeth; posterior auricle long, with 6 to 8 low, rounded and moderately lamellose riblets. Left valve slightly deeper than right, but with ribbing and sculpture identical; auricles long, as in right valve, and each with 5 to 7 low, rounded and moderately lamellose riblets. Interior of each valve fluted as result of external ribbing; fluting extending, although becoming progressively weaker, up into umbonal region; reverse surfaces of external interspaces angulate; prominent cardinal crura flanking ligamental pit of right valve, with corresponding depressions in left valve. Color- ation: right valve white, yellow-white or pink, irregularly macu- late with brown or yellow-brown, and often with wavy streaks of white which are interrupted by interspaces; left valve more profusely colored, having streaks or blotches of yellow-brown, pale to deep brown, or red-brown. Holotype: Height and length 8 mm.; hinge line 7 mm.; infla- tion 8.75 mm. U. S. National Museum, no. 612201. Type lot: USNM. 612202. Type locality: Tereia Point, Bora Bora Island, Leeward Group, Society Islands, French Oceania. All specimens collected in 13-16 fathoms by Dr. H. A, Rehder, April 4, 1957. The type lot, which comprises the only known specimens of this species, consists of two complete specimens, one the holo- type and the other a small shell 4 mm. in height and length, along with 16 right valves and 19 left, the smallest valve 5.5 mm. in height and length and the largest 9.5 mm. in height and 9 in length. Judging by the holotype, quite probably this species attains a height of 12 to 15 mm., perhaps even a bit more, and the author is attempting to secure as much material as possible from the south central Pacific in the hope of finding additional specimens. In general aspect, this species resembles very young specimens of Chlamys (Argopecten) gibba (Linne) or C. (A.) purpurata (Lamarck) . Such specimens of C. gibba, however, have a con- siderably thicker shell, greater inflation, shorter posterior auricles, stronger cardinal crura, and the interior is fluted for only a short distance from the ventral margin; in C. purpurata the shell is slightly thicker, the ribs shallower, the riblets on the anterior auricle of the right valve fewer and stronger, the posterior auricles much shorter, and the intercostal lamellae both weaker and less numerous. The only previously recorded species from Polynesia referable to Argopecten is Pecten nux Reeve. It differs from the present July, 1960 NAUTILUS 17 species in being much more inflated and in having tripartite ribs, very short posterior auricles and profuse lamellar ornament. Since Argopecten is represented in the central and western Pa- cific by only three known living species (nux Reeve, pelseneeri Dautzenberg & Bavay and corymbiata Hedley) , two erroneous references in the literature to extra-limital species referable to that subgenus should be mentioned here. Dautzenberg Sc Bavay (1912, p. 19) cited ? Pecten (Aequipecten) aequisulcatus Car- penter, giving two locations: "Banda." [Moluccas, Indonesia] and "Saleh-bay." [Soembawa (or Sumbawa) Island, Lesser Sunda Islands, Indonesia] ; Bavay commented that he was reporting the species with some doubt. Campbell (1923, p. 40) cited Pecten circularis Sowerby from "Near Canton, and at Chung Chow, Hong Kong Territory, China." Obviously neither Bavay's nor Campbell's shells could have been examples of the eastern Pacific species they cited. Bavay's four specimens were all very young shells and found in 9 to 45 meters depth, indicating at least a small possibility that they may have been referable to this new species. Campbell's shells were very likely specimens of pelseneeri Dautzenberg k Bavay (1912, p. 8; new name for Pecten rugosus Sowerby, 1842, non Pecten rugosus Lamarck, 1819) ; Chlamys (Argopecten) pelseneeri (Dautzenberg k Bavay) has been re- ported from Japan, the Philippine Islands, Indonesia and Thai- land (from the latter as Pecten rugosus Sowerby, by Lynge, 1907, p. 154). Pectinidae of the group exemplified by such well-known spe- cies as Ostrea gibba Linne and Pecten circularis Sowerby have often been referred to Plagioctenium Dall or Aequipecten E. A. Fischer. The former is a junior synonym of Argopecten Monter- osato; the latter comprises a few species distinct from Argopecten in being more orbicular, less inflated, and having radial striae. In addition to the type species, C. commutata (Monterosato) and the species here described, the following are also referable to Argopecten: C. circularis (Sowerby), circularis aequisulcata (Carpenter) , corymbiata (Hedley) , flabella (Gmelin) , flabella schrammi (Fischer) , gibba (Linne) , gibba nuclea (Born) , gibba portusregii (Grau) , irradians (Lamarck) , irradians amplicostata (Dall) , irradians concentrica (Say) , noronhense (E. A. Smith) , nux (Reeve) , pelseneeri (Dautzenberg k Bavay) and purpurata (Lamarck) . A thorough discussion of Argopecten, its type species, synonymy and distribution will be found in the present author's 18 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1) recently published monograph (Grau, 1959, pp. 93-96) . Literature cited Campbell, A. S. 1923. Some common Chinese Mollusca. Jour. Entomol. Zool. (Pomona College, Calif.) 15, pp. 37-41. Dautzenberg Philippe, and Arthur Bavay. 1912, Les lamelli- branches de I'Expedition du Siboga. Partie Systematique. I. Pectinides. In Siboga-Expeditie. Leiden. Mon. 53b, 41 pp., pis. 27-28. Grau, Gilbert. 1959. Pectinidae of the eastern Pacific. Allan Han- cock Pacific Expeditions (Univ. S. Calif. Press, Los Angeles) , vol. 23 (complete) , pp. i-viii, 1-308, 57 pis. Lynge, Herman. 1909. The Danish Expedition to Siam, 1899- 1900. Marine Lamellibranchiata. Mem. Acad. Roy. Sci. Lett. Danemark, ser. 7, vol. 5, no. 3. pp. 99-299, 5 pis., 1 chart. PLEISTOCENE MOLLUSCAN NOTES, 3. ROCKY COAST FAUNULE, BAHIA SAN QUINTIN, MEXICO By JAMES W. VALENTINE University of Missouri, Columbia Numerous molluscan fossils have been recorded from the Upper Pleistocene of Bahia San Quintin, Baja California, Mex- ico, but the precise associations and abundances of species there have not yet been described. During a trip to gather data for the classic eastern bay shore localities, a small Upper Pleistocene fossil assemblage was collected from the western side as well (U.C.L.A. Locality 4186). Although it consists of only 31 mol- luscan forms, this faunule is of special interest as it contains a relatively large protected rocky-coast association. The fossil lo- cality lies eastward of Kenton Hill and on the northern side of Mount Cenizia (both volcanic cones) and was situated on the leward side of a volcanic island during the Late Pleistocene time. The fossiliferous sediment is a rubble of angular volcanic cobbles and boulders with a poorly-sorted matrix that is chiefly an angular quartz-poor silt with minor amounts of fine angu- lar sand and of clay, and contains abundant shell fragments and scattered shells. Evidently the steep volcanic slopes supplied both coarse and fine debris, while fine sediment was probably also transported alongshore by marine agencies. The sediment appears to be buttressed against ancient lava flows, but contacts are obscured by alluvial cover. Previous and present work. Most of the Pleistocene fossils re- corded from the Bahia San Quintin region were collected by C. R. Orcutt and G. D. Hanna. Orcutt's collecting began in the last cen- July, 1960 NAUTILUS 19 tury, but he made a notable collection as late as 1919. Fossils from the western as well as the eastern side of the boy were in Orcutt's collections, but only the eastern assemblages have been carefully recorded. However, what appears to be the first record of a fossil from the western shore (Melanella oldroydi Bartsch, 1917) prob- ably is based on specimens from an Orcutt collection, although the collector is not recorded. Orcutt mentioned several species from the western bay shore in his own short papers of 1921: Hinnites gigantea f= H. multirugosus), Zirfaea gabbi f= Z. pilsbryi), Haliotis corrugata, H. fulgens, Macron aethiops, and Kellettia kellettii. In 1926 Berry recorded the chitons in Orcutt's 1919 collections from the western side of the bay: (?)Cyanoplax hartwegii, Mopalia muscosa, Chaetopleura gemma, C. languinosa, Ischnochiton mertensii, Callistochiton crassico- status, and C. palmulatiis mirabilis. Manger also identified some of Orcutt's collections (1934) ; whether or not his list includes fossils from the western shore is questionable. Probably it does, judging from Orcutt's lists and remarks of 1921, but precise locality data were not recorded for this material. Hanna visited Bahia San Quintin in 1922 and made large collections. He noted that the fossil assemblages from the west side of the bay were different from those along the eastern shore, but did not identify any species (1925) . Jordan (1926) recorded Hanna's collections from the eastern shore but mentioned only one form from the west (Schizothaerus nuttallii). The western localities of both Orcutt (at least in 1919) and of Hanna are said to be opposite the former village of San Quintin (Hanna, 1925, and Berry, 1926) . Complete faunal lists for the eastern localities may be found in Jordan (1926) and in Valentine and Meade (in preparation) who list all records not reported by Jordan. Table 1 lists the fauna at U.C.L.A. Locality 4186. Only Hin- nites multirugosus and Callistochiton palmulatus mirabilis have been certainly recorded heretofore from the western side of the bay. Probably this locality has not been represented in the litera- ture, for it is rather too far north of the former village of San Quintin to be called "opposite." Because this locality is at essen- tially the same altitude as fossiliferous localities on the eastern shore, all these localities are probably nearly contemporaneous. In table 1, those forms not qualified as to condition are repre- 20 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1) sented in the collection by fairly well-preserved specimens al- though in large sets a few may be broken. Table 1. Late Pleistocene Mollusca from the west side of Bahia San Quintin, U.C.L.A. Loc. 4186. Pelecypoda Mytihis calif or nianus Conrad Modiolus cf. M. capax Conrad Ostrea lurida Carpenter Hinnites multirugosus (Gale) Pododesmus macroschisma (Desh.) Chama pellucida Broderip Protothaca staminea (Conrad) P. tenerrima (Carp.) Macoma nasuta Conrad M. yoldiformis Carpenter Semele rubropicta Dall Cumingia californica Conrad Cryptomya californica (Conrad) Gastropoda Acmaea limatula Carpenter Fissurella volcano Reeve Diodora aspera (Eschscholtz) Tricolia pulloides (Carp.) Littorina scutulata Gould Aletes squamigerus Carpenter Bittium quadrifilatum Carp. Crepidula nummaria Gould? Crepidula onyx Sowerby Crepipatella lingulata (Gould) Neverita reclusiana (Desh.) s. I. Ceratostoma nuttalli (Conrad) Acanthina lugubris Sowerby Mitrella carinata (Hinds) M. carinata gausapata (Gould) "Nassa" mendica Gould Amphineura Mopalia sp. Callistochiton palmulatus mirabilis Pilsbry Echinoidea Strongylocentrotus purpuratus (Stimpson) Crustacea Crab claw 3 valves, broken 2 51 beak fragments valves 26 valves 8 valves 24 valves 22 valves 1 valve 21 valves 1 valve, broken 3 valves 11 valves 54 valves 3 3 10 chipped 2 broken, worn 5 3 60 small segments 16 1 3 (laminar form) apical fragment chipped 1 worn 3 2 1 chipped, worn apical fragments broken, worn 1 worn 5 1 median valve 1 median valve several fragments 1 July, 1960 NAUTILUS i"^^ * r. 21 Habitats and depositional environment. Insofar as substrates are concerned the faunule is composed chiefly of forms common today on rocky shores or on gravel or shell bottoms, and o£ forms that live in or on fine-grained substrates. The pelecypods among the rocky or shelly bottom forms are especially large and robust: 5 valves of Hinnites multirugosus are longer than 6 inches; a broken Mytilus californianus would measure over 5 inches when whole; and many valves of Ostrea, Chama, and Pododesmus exceed 2 inches and some 3 inches in length. Rock-dwelling gas- tropods also tend to be moderately large individuals of their re- spective species. By far the most abundant species in the collection, represented by about 14 of the total individuals, is the small Bittium quadri- filatum, which is especially common today on tidal mud flats (Bartsch, 1911; Emerson in Burch et al., 1944-46, no. 54, p. 31) but is also known to live in inner sublittoral depths and has occasionally been dredged from as deep as 30 fathoms (Baker in Burch et al., loc. cit.; Smith and Gordon, 1948) . Most of the species range in depth from the littoral zone down into the inner sublittoral one to about 20 fathoms or more. However a few species are recorded only from the littoral zone; these are all rocky-shore forms, as Fissurella volcano, Acmaea limatula, Littorina scutulata, and Acanthina lugubris. These species are all rare in the collections. That the locality was moderately protected from waves is suggested by the molluscan assemblage. Those species represent- ing fine-grained substrates are forms found chiefly on tidal flats or in shallow waters in protected embayments or offshore below most wave action along exposed coasts. Such are Protothaca tenerrima, Macoma nasuta, M. yoldiformis, Bittium quadrifil- atum and, commonly, Cryptomya californica. The rocky or shelly bottom component consists of species especially tolerant of quiet water, such as the species of Ostrea, Chama, Pododesmus, and Ceratostoma. Even Mytilus californianus, so characteristic of ex- posed rocky shores, lives occasionally at sheltered sites (fine large specimens live in Newport lagoon) or in shallow sublittoral depths. Littorina scutulata is chiefly an exposed shore form that is nevertheless found today well inside embayments at quiet water sites, in contrast to the sympatric Littorina planaxis, which is fairly well restricted to rough-water sites and is absent from the 22 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1) collections at hand (see for example the ecologic data on Lit- torina in Burch et al., 1944-46) . In fact the vast majority of species characteristically abundant in Upper Pleistocene exposed, rocky shore assemblages, such as species of Acmaea, Tegula, Homalopoma, Glans, Septifer, and so on, are absent from this faunule. To summarize these data, seemingly the association of niches represented by this assemblage is most likely to be found sub- tidally in shallow water along a fairly protected coast where fine grained sediments may collect but where rocks or shells are common. The numerous broken shells must in this view be ascribed to the action of carnivores or scavengers, rather than to mechanical breakage by wages. Mixing between biocoenoses seems to have been slight compared to most Late Pleistocene assemblages, for this assemblage is evidently the most "pure" example of a protected shallow water, rocky coast association yet recorded from the Californian Pleistocene. Usually such associ- ations, are found intermixed in much larger sandy and silty bottom associations, and if exposed rocky-shore forms are also present the protected rocky-coast community is exceedingly diffi- cult to identify. Ranges and temperateure requirements. Components of the fossil assemblages from the eastern bay shore that are interpreted as autochthonous represent sandy-bottom, inner sublittoral com- munities and contain small southern and larger northern extra- limital elements. Early workers gave most attention to the south- ern element (Jordan, 1926; Manger, 1934) , but recently the northern element has been emphasized (Valentine, 1955; Valen- tine and Meade, in preparation). Two species of this northern element, Macoma yoldiformis (southern range end-point at San Diego) and Semele rubropicta (southern range end-point at "Tia Juana," probably the river) are present in the western faunule. A temperature regime somewhat different from that of today is suggested by these extra-limital species. Description of fossil locality. U.C.L.A. Loc. 4186. Silty rubble exposed on the west side of the upper Bahia San Quintin on the bay shore about 25 yards north of western end of the old dam, now broached. Collected by John and Judith Van Couvering and James and Grace Valentine, December, 1956. References Bartsch, Paul. 1911. The Recent and fossil moUusks of the genus July, 1960 NAUTILUS 23 Bittium from the west coast of America. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. ^^;383-414, pis. 51-58. 1917. A monograph of west American melanellid mollusks. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 55:295-356, pis. 34-49. Berry, S. S. 1926. Fossil chitons from the Pleistocene of San Quin- tin Bay, Lower California. Am. Jour. Sci. 272:455-456. Burch, J. Q. (ed.) et al. 1944-46. Distributional list of the west American marine mollusks from San Diego, California, to the Polar Sea. Conch. Club So. Calif., Minutes, nos. 33-93, pagination by issue, 3 pis. Hanna, G. D. 1925. Expedition to Guadelupe Island, Mexico, in 1922. General report. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, i^:217- 275. Jordan, E. K. 1926. Exj>edition to Guadelupe Island, Mexico, in 1922. Molluscan fauna of the Pleistocene of San Quintin Bay, Lower California. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 75:241- 255, pi. 25. Keen, A. M. 1958. Sea shells of tropical west America. Stanford Univ. Press, 624 pp., illus. Manger, G. E. 1934. Some Pleistocene mollusks of San Quintin Bay and other localities from Lower California (Abstract) . Johns Hopkins Univ. Studies in Geol. 77:273-304, pi. 21. Orcutt, C. R. 1921a. Paradise lost. West Am. Scientist 79:18-19. 1921b. Pleistocene beds of San Quintin Bay, Lower Cali- fornia. West Am. Scientist 7P:23-24. Smith, A. G., and Gordon, Mackenzie, Jr. 1948. The marine mollusks and brachiopods of Monterey Bay, California, and vicinity. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 2(5:147-245, pis. 3-4. Valentine, J, W. 1955. Upwelling and thermally anomalous Pa- cific coast Pleistocene molluscan faunas. Am. Jour. Sci. 25i :462-474. and Meade, R. F. (in preparation). Paleotemperatures of Californian Pleistocene Mollusca. NEOTYPE FOR LYRODES GUARANITICA DOERING AND DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES By J. J. PARODIZ (Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa.) Lyrodes Doering, 1885, was included by many authors in the synonymy of Potamopyrgus Stimpson until 1939, when J. P. E. Morrison established the differences between the two genera of the Neotropical region and New Zealand respectively. The status oi Lyrodes finally was mentioned by Pilsbry in 1944. Pyrgophorus Ancey, 1 888, is a synonym of Lyrodes. Lyrodes guaranitica Doering. Plate 3, figs. 1-5 After Doering's description, the type species, L. guaranitica, 24 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1) was neither observed nor found. In 1924, A. Carcelles collected more than 100 specimens of a small Littoridina-like shell, from a locality about 200 miles north from Doering's type locality of guaranitica. Studying recently these specimens, I identified them with that species and now select a neotype (figs. 2-3) , since all attempts to locate the type lot of the species, at the Zoological Museum of the University and Academy of Sciences of Cordoba, as well as in other places connected with Doering's work, were unsuccessful and, at present, the original material can be consid- ered lost. Also, the original publication is today scarcely available, and the following is a translation of the description: Doering, 1885, p.461: "Lyrodes n. gen. Shell subperf orate elongate, oval-conic, thin, translucent, carinate, setaceous, with spiral lines. Animal with oblong foot, lyre-shaped (hence its name) , with two retractile anterior lobes and posteriorly lanceo- late; tentacles subconic, baculiform (rod-shaped) ; rostrum short." P.462. "Lyrodes guaranitica n.sp. Subperforate, conic-ovate, thin, pale brown, carinate and obsoletely spirally lined; spire conic, rather obtuse, by^ convex whorls, the two larger with fili- form carina and with spiral lines at the base (of the whorls); last whorl 2/5 of total length; suture deep, excavate; aperture oval, angulate above, peristome rectilinear, acute, continuous. Long 3.5 mm., width 1.75, apert. 1.25 x 1 mm." P. 463. "The species has many similarities with coronata Pfeiffer, being different by the absence of spines on the carina and by its spiral lines on the base of the whorls. Shuttleworth described a variation of coronata with these spiral lines. Carina and spiral lines are dark and in some specimens completely wanting, form- ing a series of variations similar to coronata, of which a non- carinate var. (coronata crystallina Pfr.) also exists, with inter- mediate stages." "The animal is translucent, pale. Tentacles very short and /p.464/: thick, baculiform, thinner at the tips, the eyes being at their base, as two small dots. The tentacles are crystalline with a series of white points as pearls which give the aspect as if they were articulate" . . . "it is rare" . . . "if the var. mentioned for coronata belongs to our sp., it then has a vast zone of propo- gation."^ In the sj>ecimens observed (150) I found a great variability in outline and surface sculpture. Many are strongly carinate with spiral lines below the carina on the last whorl, in number from 2 to 10, but the many-whorled have a less strong carina. Others 1 Lyrodes coronata (Pfr.) is known from Venezuela and Cuba to Central America and Mexico (see Martens, 1898) . July, 1960 NAUTILUS 25 have only a median carina without basal spiral lines or rarely with two lines above the carina. In our neotype, carina and spiral lines are visible also in the upper whorls, just under the proto- conch, but in other specimens the carina is only an angulosity weaker at the top. Some specimens have only spiral lines with- out carina, and also the lines may be grouped in pairs, and finally others are without conspicuous spiral lines and, in this case, the outline of the whorls, especially the last one, is more convex, a character more noticeable in young specimens. The brown cuticle is rather thick, but under it the white shell still shows the spirals. Neotype from Arroyo Riachuelo, near Corrientes city, Province of Corrientes, Argentina. Carnegie Museum accession 19130. Di- mensions: L. 4.7 mm., maj. diam. 2.2, minor 1, last whorl 2.5, apert. 1.75 x 1.25. Doering's specimens measured: L. 3.1-3.5, W.1.5-1.9, apert. 1.2- 1.4 X 0.9-1.05 mm. Most of our specimens are longer, up to 5.5 mm. and the shape elongate. The "type" figured by Doering (fig. 4) has the last whorl relatively wider, as it appears in some of our young specimens. The original type loc. according to Doering was "Lagunas riberenyas" (small lakes on the river coast) near Barrancas River or Guayquiraro. Actually, Barrancas is a creek, affluent of the Guayquiraro on the border of the provinces Corrientes and Entre Rios and very close to Parana River, in Argentina. The differences between L. guaranitica and L. scotti Pilsbry from the Pleistocene of Buenos Aires are obvious. Doello Jurado (1916) described a subspecies scotti delticola from the Parana Delta (arroyo Tuyupare) which has a more acute spire, with 4 to 6 spiral lines; aperture more oval, with columellar margin not concave, and with peristome not reflexed. From the same province of Entre Rios, Doello Jurado collected in 1918 numerous specimens of a form which I found to be dis- tinct from guaranitica or scotti: Lyrodes doellojuradoi, new species. Plate 3, figs. 6-11. Diagnosis: Shell elongate, imperforate but slightly rimate, not carinate, with 6 convex and rapidly descending whorls of irreg- ular growth and well marked by a sinuously developed suture. Surface of smooth aspect but microscopically crossed by spiral lines and light axial growth wrinkles. Aperture small, angulate above, outer margin moderately expanded and columellar slightly produced to the left; the inner upper part of the col- 26 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1) umella is rather wider as shown in fig. 9. The length of the shells is little more than double the greater diameter. Dimensions of holotype: L.4.9, W.1.8, last whorl 2.21, apert. 1.2 x 1 mm. From Gualeguaychii River (at the bend of the river before emptying into the Uruguay) at Gualeguaychii city, S.E. of prov. Entre Rios, Argentina. Carnegie Museum, acces. 17191. This species is widely variable and recalls the shape and var- iations of Littoridina hatcheri Pilsbry of southern Patagonia. Some specimens are shorter and of a more regular Littoridina-like shape (fig. 10) and in such cases resemble Lyrodes petenigensis (Gould) as figured by Pilsbry (1911, pl.41c, f.l2), but this is a green colored species from brackish waters of Rio Janeiro Harbor. The sutural line is often notched with depressions which deform the shape of the median whorls (fig. 11), and also the axis is sometimes curved. It is interesting to point out the great similarities that Lyrodes shows with some Pliocene and Pleistocene genera from North America, as Calipyrgula Pilsbry and Durangonella Morrison, (compare the type of Lyrodes with Calipyrgula carinifera Pils. from the Basal Tulare Formation of California, and our new species with C. pecosensis Leonard and Ho from Kansas Pleisto- cene, recently described in the Nautilus) . Future research may uncover closer relationship among these genera. References Baker, H. B. 1930. Occ. Papers Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich., No. 210. Doello Jurado, M, 1916. Physis 2(10):178-179. Doering, A., 1885. Bol. Acad. Nac. Ciencias de Cordoba, 7:457- 474. Leonard, B.A. and Franzen, D.S. 1946. Bull. Univ. Kansas, ii (1) - 5:107-114. Leonard, B. A. and Tong-Yun Ho. 1960. Naut. 73 (3) : 110-113. Martens, E. von. 1898. Biol. Centr. Amer., p.434. Morrison, J. P. E. 1939. Naut., 52 (3) :87-88. Pilsbry, H. A. 1911. Princeton Patag. Evped., 3 (2) V. 1944. Proc. A.N.S.P. P5;144. A PLEISTOCENE MARINE MOLLUSK IN CENTRAL NEW YORK By JOHN W. WELLS Cornell University A few years ago a fossiliferous concretion was found in the Wisconsin drift near Ithaca, New York, by John Cole, son of Dr. L. C. Cole of Cornell University. They kindly donated this curi- ous specimen to the paleontological collections of the Cornell De- PLATE 3 Figs. 1-5, Lyrodes guaranitica Doering: 1, large specimen; 2-3, neotype; 4-5, Doering's original figures. Figs. 6-11, Lyrodes doellojuradoi Parodiz: 6, holo- type; 7-10, paratypes; 11. upper whorls showing deformation. (All scales represent 1 mm.) NAUTILUS 74 (1) PLATE 4 ^ ^ -^" 1: Concretion with bryozoan-encrusted gastropod, Xeptunca sp. cf. N. antiqua (Linn.) , from groimd moraine near Ithaca, X. Y., xO.9. (C.U. No. 40606) . 2: Enlargement of surface of bryozoan, xl4.5 3: N. antiqua (Linn.) , Recent. North Sea, xo.5L (Newcomb Coll., C. U. No. 19265). (Partial cost of plate defrayed bv the Gurlev Fund for i'alcontologv, Cornell ITniversitv.) July, 1960 NAUTILUS 27 partment of Geology. Attention is called to it here in hope that more may be found and their ultimate source determined. The concretion (PL 4, fig. 1) was found loose on the surface on the west side of the Six Mile Creek valley near the Codding- ton Road one mile south of the Ithaca city line, at an elevation of about 900 feet. It is incomplete, only the larger half remaining, pyriform according to the shape of the enclosed fossil, with a broad, shallow, flat-bottomed depression on one side. Length: 8.6 cm., maximum diameter: 6.2 cm. It is non-stratified, non- septarian, composed of gray silt containing many minute flecks of black plant fragments and light-colored chips of shells. In the center is a gastropod, here tentatively identified as Neptunea sp. cf. N. antiqua (Linn.) , a northern Pliocene-Recent species, 5.2 cm. in height and 2.3 cm. across the body whorl, imbedded so that the aperture is concealed in matrix. The two layers of the shell on the body whorl have a thickness of 2 mm. A longitudinal half of the spire broke away with the missing half of the concre- tion, exposing the interior which is partly filled with coarse calcite crystals. The entire exterior is covered by an encrusting bryozoan from 1 to 2 mm. thick, worn but effectively concealing the ex- ternal surface of the shell (fig. 2) . The natural section of the shell faintly indicates the presence of fine revolving ridges on the outer surface like those of Neptunea antiqua (fig. 3) . The provenance of this concretion and its bryozoan-encrusted mollusk is naturally the main problem. There is no marine Pleistocene in central New York; the nearest marine deposits are in the St. Lawrence and Champlain valleys some 200 miles to the northeast. Since it was found in ground moraine of the last (Wis- consin) glaciation, it can only have been derived from some pre- Wisconsin marine interglacial deposit to the north. The inter- glacial marine beds were analyzed a few years ago by Coleman (1941, Chapt. 5) , and their faunas were described many years ago by Dawson (1871, 1893, int. al.) who cautiously called them "post- Pliocene." Dawson's accounts are still the most complete, but he mentions only one occurrence of fossiliferous concretions any- where in the possible source area: the famous site on Green's Creek near Ottawa (1894, p.203) . The concretions on Green's Creek, however, consist of fine gray clay with calcareous cement, quite different from the cemented silt of the Ithaca specimen. Nor has Neptunea been recorded from this locality or elsewhere 28 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1) this far west. Dawson reported N. despectus (Linn.) from a num- ber of interglacial deposits from Quebec eastward into New Brunswick and Labrador, noting that the specimens graded from N. tornata to N. antiqua, and that the three forms might well represent a single variable species. Most of the interglacial marine beds of eastern Canada must have been swept away by the Wisconsin ice, and quite possibly we are here concerned with a relic from some vanished deposit. References Coleman, A. P., 1941. The last million years. Univ. Toronto Press. Dawson, J. W., 1871. The post-Pliocene geology of Canada. Cana- dian Naturalist, N.S., 6: p.19-42; 166-187; 241-259; 369-416. 1894. The Canadian ice-age. Montreal, New York, ^k Lon- don. THE TYPE OF POLYPLEX PERRY By JOSHUA L. BAILY, JR. The generic name Polyplex was originated by Perry (1810) but was not properly characterized until the following year, when he figured 5 species assigned to it in his Conchology. These illus- trations are so crudely executed that, in the opinion of the pres- ent writer, they cannot be recognized. However, in commenting upon them. Perry declared that Polyplex purpurascens is the species from which the Tyrians obtained their famous purple dye. Although several species served this purpose in various parts of the Mediterranean basin, the Tyrians seem to have depended exclusively upon Murex trunculus Linnaeus (1758, p. 747) which i'.eems to indicate that this species should be considered the type of Polyplex by virtual monotypy. However, in the course of a recent investigation of a nomen- clatorial nature, two other identifications of species of Polyplex have come to light, which if accepted will necessarily require that a subsequent writer select the type from among these three, since Perry himself did not designate any type. Therefore, any subse- quent writer, who desires to fix the type of this genus, should consider carefully the qualifications of each of these, and de- termine which one would cause the least disturbance of estab- lished nomenclature if designated as type. Murex trunculus is the type by original designation of Truncu- laria Monterosato (1917) but this name is preoccupied by July, 1960 NAUTILUS 29 Truncularia Wiegmann (1832), a millepore. Consequently the name Trunculariopsis Cossmann (1921) was proposed to replace it. If Polyplex purpurascens be selected as generitype, the name Polyplex would replace Trunculariopsis. The second of Perry's species to be identified was Polyplex gracilis, which Carpenter (1864, p. 520) declared to be identical with Murex multicostatus Eschscholtz (1829). But Carpenter (loc. cit., p. 663) also identified Trophon gunneri Loven (1846) with Murex multicostatus so that his identification is not very helpful. The species named by Eschscholtz and by Loven, al- though closely related, are generally recognized as distinct. The next identification of Polyplex gracilis was made by Gabb (1869) whose use of it as a synonym of Fusus multicostatus is unequivocal, Trophon gunneri not being mentioned. Both of these identifications were rejected by Dall (1902) who claimed that Carpenter and Gabb had misunderstood Trophon gunneri and Fusus multicostatus respectively. Arnold (1903) assigned both species synonymized by Gabb to Boreotrophon Fischer (1884) . He cited the same locality for each (Alaska to northern California) and decided that the species commonly represented in collections is actually Boreotrophon gracilis although generally but incorrectly it is labeled Boreo- trophon multicostatus. He published figures of both species on the same plate. They appear to be quite unlike each other. Boreotrophon gracilis has tabulate whorls and peaked varices, while in Boreotrophon multicostatus both these features are rounded. Presumably Dall approved the distinction drawn by Arnold at the time, since he had examined Arnold's material, but a few years later he seems to have changed his mind, for Dall (1921) reported Boreotrophon multicostatus from the Pacific American coast, but ignored Boreotrophon gracilis completely. If he had considered the two species identical he would have used the older name. He may have considered Boreotrophon gracilis as not recognizable, or he may have thought that it did not occur living within the limits covered by this reference. But the figure which he published is not the species called Boreotrophon multicostatus by Arnold but represents what Arnold considered to be Boreo- trophon gracilis. Finally, MacGinitie (1959) united Boreotrophon multicostatus 30 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1) anJ Boreotrophon giinneri but made no mention of Boreo- trophon gracilis. Since all these species belong to Boreotrophon, that name will be replaced by Polyplex if P. gracilis be made the type. But Boro- trophon is now generally considered to be a subgenus under Trophonopsis Bucquoy, Dautzenberg, and Dollfus (1882) and since Polyplex is older than Trophonopsis it will not only dis- place Boreotrophon as a subgenus but also Trophonopsis as a genus. The third of Perry's species to be identified is Polyplex rugosa, which Dall (1915) placed in the synonymy of Nucella lamellosa (Gmelin, 1792) . The genus Nucella was established by Roding in Bolten (1798), a work in which no types were selected and no authorities cited. The type of Nucella was inadvertently desig- nated by Iredale (1915) who mistakenly thought that Dall (1909) had selected Buccinum lapillus Linnaeus (1758, p. 739) . But Dall cited this species only as an example, not as a type; it is not on the list cited by Roding. Roding's Nucella lapillus is a different species altogether, but Iredale did not know this, and designated Roding's species. This readily can be recog- nized by the references given by Roding to Gmelin (1792, p. 3486) and to Chemnitz (1777) . The first of these refers to the sec- ond, which is a plate readily recognizable as representing Buc- cinum smargdula Linnaeus (1758, p. 739) which includes in its synonymy Buccinum rusticum Gmelin, which is the other ref- erence cited by Roding. This species was later made the type of Latirolagena by Harris (1897) which name must now be super- seded by Nucella. According to Dall (1915) Nucella lamellosa Gmelin is identical with Nucella crispataR-oding in Bohen (1798) which last named species was selected by Swainson (1840) as type by original desig- nation of his genus Polytropa. Baccinum lapillus Linnaeus is congeneric. If Polyplex rugosa be made the type of Polyplex, that name will replace Polytropa Swainson. The above shows that any legal designation of type for Poly- plex will cause that name to displace one of the names: Truncu- lariopsis, Boreotrophon, Trophonopsis, or Polytropa. Of these, the last three have been in general use ever since they first were published and are understood universally; on the other hand Trunculariopsis has been used so little that Grant and Gale July, 1960 NAUTILUS 31 (1931) had never heard of it, and, when they learned that Truncularia Monterosato had to be abandoned, they proposed the new name Murithais to replace it. Therefore established usage clearly will be least disturbed if Polyplex purpurascens = Murex trunculus be made the type of Polyplex. And, there are other reasons for believing that it would be preferable to either of the other two species. It is the first species on Perry's list; it is the only species whose recognition is beyond any possibility of rea- sonable doubt; and it is the only one that has never at any time been confused with another species. For these reasons, I have no hesitation in selecting as the type of Polyplex the species Polyplex purpurascens Perry = Murex trunculus Linnaeus, and so I hereby make this designation. References Arnold. Mem. Calif. Acad. Sci. 5:250-1, pi. 6, f. 8,9. 1903. Bucquoy, Dautzenberg, and Dollfus, Mar. Moll, Roussillon, v. 1:140. 1882. Carpenter. Suppl. Rept. Brit. Ass'n for 1863: 520, 663. 1864. Cossmann. Revue. Crit. Paleozool. 25:79. 1921. Dall. Proc. U.S.N.M. 24:54S. 1902. Prof, Paper U. S. Geol. Surv., no. 59, pp. 48, 50. 1909. Proc. U.S.N.M. for 1916, 49:565, 1915. Bull. U.S.N.M. 112: 110, pi. 13, f. 1. 1921. Eschscholtz. Zool. Atlas, v. 2, p. 11. 1829. Fischer. Man. de Conchyl., pt.2, p. 640. 1884. Gabb. Geol. Surv. California, Paleont. 2:70. 1869. Gmelin. Syst. Nat., 13th edn., pp. 3486, 3498. #792. Grant and Gale. Mem. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 7:729. 1931. Harris. Catal. Tert. MolL Brit. Mus., v.l,p. 150. 1897. Iredale. Trans, and Proc. New Zealand Inst., for 1914, ^7:472-6. 1915. Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., 10th edn., pp. 739, 747. 1758. Loven. Ofvers. Kongl. Vetensk. Akad. Forh. 5(5): 194. 1846. MacGinitie. Proc. U.S.N.M. 109:9S, 1959. Martini and Chemnitz. Neues Syst. Conchyl, Cab., v. 3,p. 120, f. 1104-5. 1777. Monterosato. Bull. Soc. Zool. Ital., ser. 3, 4: 20. 1917. Perry. Arcana, 1810. pis. 23. 35. Neither the pages nor the plates in this strange work are numbered, but the name Polyplex is mentioned in the text corresponding to the 23rd and 35th plates. The numbers of the plates must be determined by counting them. Conchology, pi. 9. 1811. Roding in Bolten. Museum Boltenianum, v. 2, p. 140. 1798. Swainson. Treat, Malac, pp. 80, 81, 395. 1840. Wiegmann. Handb. der Zool., p, 596. 1832. 32 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1) A RAPID METHOD FOR PREPARING MOUNTS OF SNAIL GENITALIA* By EDWARD H. MICHELSON Department of Tropical Public Health, Harvard School of Public Health, Harvard University, Boston 15 The comparative anatomy of the genitalia is of importance in the taxonomic discrimination of species of snails, especially Pul- monata. Permanent preparations of dissected genitalia form a synoptic reference collection, invaluable for both teaching and research. Gregg (Ann. Report Amer. Malac. Union, p. 39, 1958) described a technique for the preparation of stained toto mounts, which, although excellent, is time consuming and requires a high degree of technical skill. I have found that the use of CMC- 10, a proprietary non- resinous mounting medium (obtained from the General Biolog- ical Supply House, Chicago) provides a rapid method for the preparation of whole mounts. Its major advantages are: 1) Tissues may be mounted directly in it from water or low grades of alcohol {e.g., 50-70%) . 2) Mounts are cleared in approxi- mately four hours, yet details of structure and color are preserved. 3) A minimum degree of technical skill is required for the prep- aration of mounts. 4) CMC- 10 is not expensive when compared with the cost of the various chemicals needed for longer methods. Permanent mounts of snail genitalia are prepared in the fol- lowing manner. Snails killed by immersion in boiling water or 70% alcohol are dissected in 50-70% alcohol. Isolated genitalia are placed in distilled water for ten minutes, then oriented in a drop of CMC- 10 on a glass slide. Sufficient CMC- 10 is added to cover the specimen and a glass coverslip is applied. The slide is dried for 24 hours at room temperature or for 3-4 hours at 37° C. After drying, it is advisable to ring the coverslip with clear nail polish or commercial ringing lacquer. The thickness of some specimens may necessitate the addition of supports for the cover- slip or the use of depression slides. Twelve-month-old preparations have shown no deterioration and have proved to be excellent as subject material for micro- scopic examination, camera lucida drawings, and photmicro- graphs. So far as I am aware, the sole disadvantage of the method * This study was supported (in part) from a research grant (E-513-C) from the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, National Institutes of Health, Public Health Service. July, 1960 NAUTILUS 33 is that specimens cannot be stained. However, this drawback is not serious and is counterbalanced by the fact that artifacts resulting from routine dehydration techniques are reduced to a minimum. NOTES AND NEWS Dates of the Nautilus. — Vol. 73, no. 1, pp. 1-38, pis. 1-6, was mailed July 20, 1959. No. 2, pp. 39-78, Oct. 3, 1959. No. 3, pp. 79-118, pis. 7-11, Jan. 25, 1960. No. 4, pp. 119-160, title pages and indexes, pis. 12 & 13, April 4, I960.— H. B. B. Dr. Paul Bartsch, Curator Emeritus of the Division of Mollusks of the United States National Museum, died on April 24, 1960, at Lorton, Virginia, at the age of 89. An obituary by Dr. Harald A. Rehder will appear in a future number of the Nautilus. — R. T. A. Norman T. Mattox, Professor of Biology at the University of Southern California, died on February 1, 1960 at the age of 49. A full obituary is in the Bulletin of the Southern California Acad- emy of Sciences, vol. 55, pt, 1, pp. 53-55 with portrait — R.T.A. PoMATiopsis LApmARiA ou the southern Atlantic coastal plain, with remarks on the status of P. praelonga and P. hinkleyi. — The author recently collected Pomatiopsis lapidaria (Say) at several localities on the southern Coastal Plain, a region from which it was previously unknown. In this region, it was found in swamps, but only in swamps with uneven ground in which there were numerous small hummocks of dry land to which they could retreat during the wet season. It was not found in swamps which were completely flooded during the spring. Localities: North Carolina: Craven Co.: near Little Creek, 1 mile north of Askin; near Batchelder Creek, 2.4 miles east of Tuscarora. Beauford Co.: 2.4 miles east of Washington. Chowan Co.: 1.4 miles southeast of Edenton. Brunswick Co.: near Piney Grove Creek, 2.4 miles southwest of Bolivia. South Carolina: Bamberg Co.: near Little Salkehatchie River, 4.2 miles north of Eherhardt. Georgia: Richmond Co.: near McBean Creek, 5 miles west of McBean. Chatham Co.: near Middle River, Onslow Island. Pomatiopsis praelonga Brooks & MacMillan, (Naut. 5i;96, 34 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1) 1940) was described from specimens collected on the hillside along Elk River, 1.5 miles south of Clay, Clay Co., West Virginia. This is undoubtedly a very dry habitat form of P. lapidaria. Similar shells have been found on dry hillsides at a number of localities, but notably on the Cumberland River bluff opposite Carthage, Tennessee. Here the hillside has a sparse growth of timber and is so steep that most of the soil has washed away and there is very little leaf cover, but P. lapidaria was abundant. They were as slender as topotypes of P. praelonga. Pomatiopsis hinkleyi Pilsbry, (Naut. 10:^1, 1896) was des- cribed from specimens collected at Black Falls, above Florence, Alabama. Efforts by the author to find this locality were unsuc- cessful. It probably was destroyed by the construction of the Wil- son Dam. P. hinkleyi differs from P. lapidaria in having a more obese and thinner shell. Similar shells were collected at a drip- ping spring, 3 miles north of Ashland City, Cheatyam Co., Ten- nessee, and from a swamp in Bamberg Co., South Carolina (see above) . This appears to be a wet habitat form of P. lapidaria, possibly living in the spray of a falls. Pomatiopsis lapidaria varies with ecological conditions. Slen- der thick shells occur in dry habitats, and obese thinner shells in wet ones. This is especially noticeable in the south. P. praelonga and P. hinkleyi appear to be but extremes of this variation. — Leslie Hubricht. Trichia hispida (L.) in New York. — This species was found abundant along the roadside and in a gravel quarry 1.4 miles south of Sharon, Schoharie Co., New York. Unlike other colonies reported from North America, most of the shells at this locality are hirsute. — Leslie Hubricht. Hydrobiidae or Truncatellidae? — In opinion 475, 1957, Bull. Zool. Norn. i^;307-330, Bithyniidae Gray, 1857, was put on the approved list, "for use by specialists who on taxonomic grounds consider that the genus Bithynia Leach is not referable to any nominal family-group taxon having an older name" (p. 325) , Please remember that Bithynia (1818), Bithinia Gray (1824; nude in 1821) and Bythinia Macgillivray (1843) are different spellings for one genus. The following outlines the familial names which are prior (in italics) : Truncatellidae Gray, 1840, Syn. Brit. Mus., ed. 42:119. (Cf. opinion 344) . July, 1960 NAUTILUS 35 Bythiniae, Lithoglyphi, Hydrohiae,^ Troschel, before Sept., 1857, Gebiss der Schnecken 7(2): 101, 104, 106, respectively. Reviewed by L. Pfeiffer, Sept., 1857, Malacoz. Blatter ^. -223-224. Bithiniadae Gray, after Sept., 1857 (manuscript date of "Preface," p. xi) , Turton's "Manual," new ed.:16, 24. (Gray placed Hydrohia in Littorinidae, p. 24.) Hydrobiinae Stimpson, 1865, Smithson, Misc. Coll. 201 A; in- cluded Lithoglyphus, which subordinated Lithoglyphi. Hydrobiidae Fischer, 1885, Man. Conchyl.:723; included (p. 724) Bithiniinae and Lithoglyphinae. Thiele, 1929, Handb. syst. Weichtierk.:136; included Lithoglypheae, Truncatellinae and Bithyniinae (pp. 145, 149, 153) . Obviously, if Thiele's (1929) classification be followed, Trun- catellidae, 1840, is the prior name for his family. However, if Truncatella be excluded, Hydrobiidae, 1857, would become the legal name of the restricted family, unless a "first reviser" subor- dinated it to Bithyniidae before Fischer, 1885, reversed that ac- tion. Although perhaps without nomenclatural effect on this question, Tryon, 1866, Amer. J. Conch. 2:155-156, included Bythiniinae, Hydrobiinae and Lithoglyphinae as subfamilies in his Amnicolidae, 1862, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia /^;452. Of course, Troschel must have initiated Hydrobiidae before Pfeiffer's (Sept., 1857) review, and Gray's Bithiniadae must have been published (probably some months) after his identical, but manuscript date. Incidentally, according to the "rules," Troschel also became the author of at least Lithoglyphinae; and he used a rejected spelling of Bithyniinae before Gray did. H. BURRINGTON BaKER. Planorbina (1843) vs. Australorbis (1934) vs. Biomphalaria (1910) vs. Taphius (1854) .— Bengt Hubendick, 1958, Rev. Brasil. Biol. 18{\)\ 37-40, has proposed that the ICZN. use its plenary powers to validate Biomphalaria Preston. This is opposed for 2 reasons: (1) Australorbis is in more general use than Biomphalaria. About a year ago, this was tested by counts of the citations of the 2 names in the Zoological Record since 1934. Australorbis was mentioned about I1/2 times as often as was Biomphalaria. This is not surprising, because the former was the first of the con- sidered names which was described accurately, and Dr. Pilsbry's 1 ". . . to review the genera in small groups, without wishing to claim for them the value of families." (Translation, p. 95) . 36 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1) personal prestige was very great. The systematic position of Biomphalaria was not proved until about a decade later, and that of Taphius in 1957. (2) The prior name for the composite genus is Planorbina. The history of this name follows: Planorbina Haldeman, 1843, Monogr. Physades: 14, as a "sub- generic section" of Planorbis, with a vague, 4 word "descrij> tion," and without mention of species. Planorbina "Hald." Dall, 1905, Alaska ii;84, type by subsequent designation, and first and only species, Planorbis olivaceus "Spix" (Wagner, 1827; = Planorbis guadaloupensis Sowerby, 1822, Genera shells: fig. 2; also included by Dall on p. 81), used as a "section" of Planorbis. On this basis, Planorbina adopted by the following: 1918, Walker, B., Univ. Mich. Muz. Zool. Mis. Publ. ^.11, 99. 1921, Germain, L., Rev. Indian Mus. 27:6, 41. 1923, Wenz, W., Fossil. Catalog.: 1482 (used as genus). 1928, Hoffmann, H. Klass. u. Ordnung. Tier-reichs i(2:3):1249. 1930, Occ. Papers Univ. Mich. Mus. Zool. 270:43-46. 1931, Thiele, J., Handbuch der system. Weichtierkunde:480. Planorbina "Dall" Pilsbry, 1934, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel- phia 86:55, with Australorbis, type by original designation "Planorbis guadaloupensis Sowerby (= glabratus Say) ," pro- posed to replace it, on grounds that P. olivaceus did not fit Haldeman's words: "Whorls numerous, nearly equal," which would cover most planorbids. On p. 43, Pilsbry also replaced P. guadaloupensis Sowerby, by a century old "nomen dubium," Planorbis glabratus Say, 1818, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 7:280, from "South Caro- lina," where the species does not and probably never did live. During lengthy discussions, before and after his publication. Dr. Pilsbry and I agreed on only 3 points: (1) Despite opinion 46, "genera" without species should have been considered "nomina dubia," which would have rendered Dall's usage a homonym. (This was the actual reason why Pilsbry rejected Planorbina.) (2) Haldeman (1843) probably was more familiar with the European Anisus than he was with the tropical American "Australorbis." (3) Say (1818) probably did base his Planorbis glabratus on some "Australorbis/' and Planorbina guadaloupensis (Sowerby) is the most widely distributed, and best-known species. However, it was identified by the next (after Say) generation, who might (?) have seen the type specimen (now lost) , with totally different July, 1960 NAUTILUS 37 species. Incidentally, Fischer &: Crosse, 1880, Moll. Mex., etc. 2:67, did not attempt any "identification of Say's type" (Contrast Walker, 1918, p. 99) — H. Burrington Baker. Gyraulus arizonensis in Texas. — At my request, Mr. Robert Downing, Oklahoma State University Wildlife Unit, made a collection of terrestrial and freshwater moUusks from the Rob and Bessie Welder Wildlife Refuge of Texas. This refuge, under the able direction of Dr. Clarence Cottam, is located in the coastal plains near Sinton, San Patricio County, Texas (c.28° N. Lat.) . Its vegetation is intermediate between that of the Texan and Tamaulipan biotic provinces and the rainfall is only slightly above physiological requirements. The north border of the sta- tion is formed by the Arkansas River and the eastern line is only about five miles from the Copano Bay of the Gulf of Mexico. A part of the refuge, locally termed the "mare trap," is located in the eastern quadrant of the property. The waters of this area are subjected to periodic increased salinity and the shores foster several brackish-water plant species such as Spartina. A part of Mr. Downing's collections were taken from the "mare trap" and one of these forms the basis for this report. While sorting through drift debris from the last-named region I found a single immature specimen of an unusual planorbid snail. This form, consisting of about 2i/2 turns, was covered with conspicuous, spiral striae. Additional searching uncovered 90 more specimens, ranging in size from 1.1 mm. to 3.2 mm. in diam- eter and of 2 to 3-2/3 whorls, all sculptured as the first one. Com- paring these specimens with some virtual topotypes of Gyraulus arizonensis (Pilsbry and Ferriss) taken from the banks of the San Pedro River, Arizona, I was unable to distinguish between the two lots, and therefore concluded that the Texas shells are G. arizonensis. This species is probably much more widely dis- tributed than was originally supposed. Several other interesting molluscan species were found in the same collection. The following is a list of these species: approx- imately 1000 Drepanotrema cultratum labrosum Pilsbry, 1 Pyrgo- phorous spinosus (Call and Pilsbry) , approximately 500 Planor- bina (Obstructio) obstructa (Morelet) , 500 Planorbina (Tropi- corbis) orbiculus, 1 immature Cincinnatia peracuta (Pilsbry and Walker) , 1 Texadina sphinctostoma Abbott and Ladd and 9 38 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1) Mytiliopsis leucophaeta (Conrad) . With the exception of 12 specimens of G. arizonensis, which were deposited in the U. S. National Museum (#622469) , all specimens were retained by the author. These records will be- come incorporated into a larger report of the Mollusca of the Welder Wildlife Refuge. I wish to thank Dr. Morrison for his kind assistance, Mr. Downing for making the collections and Dr. H. B. Baker for clarifying some nomenclatural points. — Branley a. Branson^ Purpura, Nucella, or Thais?: The problem continues. — On March 3, 1922, William J. Clench, now Curator of Mollusks at the Museum of Comparative Zoology, but then a young student of shells, wrote to E. S. Morse, Director of the Peabody Museum at Salem as follows, "Seven years ago, when I first started to collect shells, I collected Purpura lapillus — four years ago I collected Nucella lapillus — now I collect Thais lapillus ! ! ! Seven years and three different generic names. "^ In nearly 40 years the problem has still not been settled. In the 1957 Index of Biological Abstracts, references are found to all 3 genera for the species. In the last July Nautilus, the names Thais lapillus and Nucella lapillus are found 4 pages apart. (Naut. 7i; 12 & 16. 1959) . In 1947 Dr. Clench established Thais as the proper generic name for this species (Johnsonia 2(23): 86-89. 1947) . It is unfortunate that workers in zoology do not make greater effort toward uniformity in nomenclature and follow the recommendations of authoritative monographs. — Ralph W. Dex- ter, Department of Biology, Kent State University, Kent, Ohio. This is actually an example of the confusion dug up with Roding's names (both Nucella and Thais) . Thiele's "Handbuch" (p. 298) was often "authoritative."— H. B. B. Fred L. Button Collection. — The shell collection of the late Fred L. Button of Oakland, California, who died in 1927 (see obituary in Nautilus, 42: 33-34) , has been purchased by Chicago Natural History Museum. Besides containing about 3500 sets of 1 Contribution #300 from the Department of Zoology and from the Re- search Foundation, Oklahoma State University. 1 Letter on file at the Peabody Museum, Salem, Massachusetts, and quoted with permission from Ernest S. Dodge, Director. July, 1960 NAUTILUS 39 west American shells, he had representatives of about 5000 species of marine shells, and 4000 species of land and fresh-water shells. The total collection contains about 70,000 specimens in 15,000 sets. Included are Red Sea shells collected by Forskal and Jickeli, holotypes of several s|>ecies of Trivia, paratypes of many South Australian, New Caledonian, and European marine and land snails obtained from Gatliff, Verco, Hedley, and Dautzenberg, and several hundred sets of Hawaiian land shells from D. D. Bald- win— to name but a few items. The cowrie shells were Mr. Button's favorites. Of the 165 spe- cies recognized by the Schilders, he had 143, plus one of the five original specimens of Cypraea pacifica Ostergaard (= ostergaardi Dall) . With additions from other collections, Chicago Natural History Museum now has 150 species of cowries represented. — Alan Solem. Charles G. Nelson Collection. — The shell collection of the late C. G. Nelson of Grand Rspids, Michigan was obtained by Chicago Natural History Museum in 1958. The unpacking of this vast collection has just been completed. Approximately 300,000 specimens in 30,000 sets were recent shells, together with 83,000 fossil invertebrates, 4,000 mineral specimens, 100 turtle shells, and much other miscellany. Mr. Nelson had give 66,000 pairs of fresh-water clams to Michigan State University before his death in 1957. The basis of the collection was formed by Frederick Stearns (see Pilsbry's "Catalogue of the marine mollusks of Japan" pub- lished by Stearns in 1895), with the addition of the R. J. Kirt- land and H. E. Sargent collections, together with the results of a lifetime series of collections throughout North America. Almost every well-known marine and land collecting area was visited by "C. G." and thoroughly worked for shells. Unlike many amateurs, he was not contented with one of a kind, but collected, and kept, long series of shells. One feels a real sense of awe when viewing the long sets of Japanese shells from Steam's collection, or the fantastic series of North American shells collected by Nelson. Duplicates of these series will eventu- ally be available for distribution to other institutions or for ex- change to amateurs. — Alan Solem. To CONTRIBUTORS. — Despite the addition of 4 pages to each 40 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (1) number, enough MSS. are on file to fill the October and half the January, 1961, numbers. From previous experiences, this condi- tion may be only temporary. MSS. will be published in order of their dates of receipt, except precedence will be given to new species. Because of lack of space, the following reviews, which already were written and would have required 4i/2 pages, have been cut to references only. Suggestions for the amelioration of this would be welcome, but the Nautilus, which is published at cost of printing, could not enlarge its size much more without corresponding increases in subscription prices. Of course, some savings might be made if only MSS. by subscribers were accepted. — Editors. PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED, 1958 Pages in italics include new taxons Hubricht, Leslie. New species of land snails from the eastern United States. Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 19:70-76. Mason, James. The breeding of the scallop, Pecten maximus (L.) in Manx waters. J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U. K. 57:653-671, 5 figs. A possible lunar periodicity in the breeding of the scallop, Pecten maximus (L.) . Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (13) 7:601-602. Thompson, Thomas E. The natural history, embryology, larval biology and post-larval development of Adalaria proxima (Alder & Hancock) . Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, Biol. Sci. 2^2:1-58, 49 figs. The influence of temperature on spawning in Adalaria proxima (A.8cH.) Oikos 9:246-252, 1 fig. 1959 Arias C, Sergio. Arion subfuscus (Draparnaud). Venezuela. Mem. Soc. Cien, Nat. la Salle 7P:23-36, 6 figs. Basch, Paul F. Land Mollusca of the Tikal National Park in Guatemala. Occ. Papers Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich., no. 612:15 pp., 1959. Branson, Branley A. Oklahoma gastropods: etc. Proc. Okla. Acad, Sci. 57:30-32. Notes on Okla. snails, with new records. Notes on Okla. slugs, etc. S. W. Naturalist 5:224-226. ^:143-147. Dodge, Henry. Evidential factors in the identification of the Lin- naean molluscs. J. Linn. Soc. London, Zool. ^-Z: 170. 179. Emerson, William E. & Emery P. Chace. Pleistocene mollusks from Tecolote Creek, San Diego, California. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 72:335-346, 3 figs. Hubendick, Bengt & Pavle Radoman. Studies on the Gyraulus species of Lake Ochrid Morphology. Arkiv for Zool. 12:223- 243, 42 figs. Johnson, Richard I. The types of Corbiculidae and Sphaeriidae July, 1960 NAUTILUS HI in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, and a bio-biblio- graphic sketch of Temple Prime, etc. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard 120:431-479, 8 pis. MacGinitie, Nettie. Marine Mollusca of Point Barrow, Alaska. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 109{U\2):59-208, pis. 1-27. Ortiz de Zarate Lopez, Adolfo & Antonio Ortiz de Zarate Ro- candio. Descripcion de los moluscos terrestres de la Isla de Fernando Poo (Familia Achatinidae) . 128 pp., 8 pis. k 82 figs. Inst. Estud. Africa., Madrid. Paraense, W. Lobato. One-sided reproductive isolation between geographically remote populations of a planorbid snail. Amer. Nat. Pi;93-101, 1 fig. Riedel, Adolf. Oxychilus (Oxychilus) disci formis sp. n. aus dem Iran und Bemerkungen iiber Oxychilus f gorktschaanus (Mousson) . Die von Dr. K. Lindberg in Griechenland gesam- melten Zonitidae. Materialien zur Kenntnis de palaarktischen Zonitidae, 3-4. Ueber drei Zonitiden — Arten aus der Hohlen der Turkei. Ann. Zool. Polska Akad. Nauk 18:71-78, 89-117, 119-126, 141-160, 1 pi., 44 figs. Robertson, Robert. The subgenus Halopsephus Rehder, with notes on the western Atlantic species of Turbo and the sub- family Bothropomatinae Thiele. J. Washington Acad. Sci. 47:316-319, 3 figs. Solem, Alan. Notes on Mexican mollusks, 2, Occ. Papers Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. 611:15 pp., 2 pis. Systematics and zoogeography of the land and fresh-water Mollusca of the New Hebrides. Fieldiana: Zool. 43{\k2)\l-359, 33 pis., 38 figs. Thompson, Fred G. Two new pleurocerid snails from eastern Mexico. A new helicid snail from Mexico. Occ. Papers Mus. ZooL Univ. Mich. 600:9 pp., 1 pi. & 2 figs. 610:8 pp., 1 pi. & 1 fig- Voss, Nancy A. studies on the pulmonale gastropod Siphonaria pectinata (Linnaeus) from the southeast coast of Florida. Bull. Marine Sci. of Gulf Sc Caribbean P;84-99, 5 figs. FOR SALE: MIOCENE FOSSILS. Over 100 varieties. Retail and wholesale list available on re- quest. Most marine fossils intact. /^ fe Malicks, 5514 Plymouth Rd., Baltiiiy(^^JW,. Maryland. \^ INDO-PACIFIC MOLLUSCA Monographs of the Marine Mollusks of the Tropical Western Pacific and Indian Oceans A new series devoted to taxonomic revisions of the marine mollusks found from East Africa to Polynesia and Japan to Australia. All species are illustrated either in full color, black- and-white photographs or line drawings. With descriptions, synonymies, anatomy, recent and Tertiary records, habitats, etc. Editor: R. Tucker Abbott; co-editors: William J. Clench and Harold A. Rehder. Vol. 1, no. 1 (Introduction and Vasidae) now available. VoL 1, no. 2 (Strombidae, with 6 color plates) in press. Issued in pamphlet or loose leaf form. State preference. Attrac- tive, gold-stamped, post binder protects your copies, saves you cost of binding. $4.25 (foreign: add 50 cents) . Subscription: $5.00 per 100 pages. Not sent as a library exchange. Department of Mollusks, Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., Philadelphia 3, Pa., U.S.A. WILLIAM H. WEEKS SHELL COLLECTION: New lists now in preparation; full scientific data. Send name and address for free copies. Shells also wanted for purchase and exchange. George E. Jacobs, 853 Riverside Drive, New York, 32, N. Y. A CHECK LIST OF THE MARINE SHELLS OF ST. CROIX, U. S. Virgin Islands, with random annotations. Up to date. Lists 650 species plus 60 subspecies, including 20 new. With 70 illustrations. The "random notes" contain much new infor- mation. Price: $4.10, post free. G. Usticke, 1 North Street, Christiansted, St. Croix, Virgin Is. UNIVERSAL SHELLS Ready early in 1960 Nearly 300 pages, about 2,000 figures, some in color. First part: Cephalopoda, Gastropoda and Amphineura. Net $7.50. Second part will appear later. Order in advance to avoid disap pointment. From the author: Maxwell Smith, P. O. Box 8295, Asheville, N. C. THE NAUTILUS Vol. 74 October, 1960 No. 2 MOLLUSKS AND BRACHIOPODS FROM AFOGNAK AND SITKALIDAK ISLANDS, KODIAK GROUP, ALASKA By WALTER JACOB EYERDAM Since 1917, I have worked 24 summers in various parts of Alaska in the whaling and herring fisheries. Until 1946, I always had worked as cooper, but then the trade became obsolete in Alaska. In spite of a usual average of 350 to 400 hours work per month, with few Sundays or holidays, I made large biological col- lections. As one of the principal collaborators, who contributed by collection of plants, for Prof. Eric Hulton's great work (16 vols, on the floras of Kamchatka, Aleutian Is., and Alaska and Yukon TeiTitory) , I collected over 3500 lots of higher plants, and several thousand lots of lichens and bryophytes. Prof Hulton is Director of the Riksmuseum of Sweden, in Stockholm, and is the foremost authority on circumboreal plants. Intensive collections of mollusks also were made in nearly every place where I worked. My first printed report was on the "Marine shells of Drier Bay, Knight Island, Prince William Sound, Alaska" Naut. 38 (l) :22-28, 1924. Although I have series of most of the shells collected by me in Alaska, and made notable collec- tions in many places, I have neglected publication of most of them. The main reason for this is because I loaned most of my collection of Lora-Bela to Dr. Bartsch several years before the last world war, to be used in collaboration with the Russian Acad- emy of Sciences in working up deep sea collections from the Arc- tic Ocean and the western Bering Sea. So far I have not succeeded in having them returned to me, and consequently have not learned the changes in names. Bartsch originally had identified them for me. In the present report, I have selected Afognak and Sitkalidak Islands (about 800 and 200 square miles, respectively) where I spent four seasons. These two islands are near opposite ends of Kodiak (3465 square miles) , our largest island, and these shells illustrate quite well a cross-section of most of those to be found 41 42 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2) in the Kodiak Island group and Shelikof Strait. Although most of the genera in this list are also in Prince William Sound, many species are not the same in the two areas. Having done a lot of shell collecting, in many parts of the Alaskan coast, I sometimes have wondered which areas might be the richest in diversified marine life. With deep tides running out on many beaches, which teem with life, in isolated bays in south- east Alaska, the Kodiak Islands and Prince William Sound, I believe the richest place of all probably would be around Orca on Hinchinbrook Island in Prince William Sound, although I never have collected there. All my dredging was done from small rowboats, usually after long days of hard work, and results were often poor and discouraging, when one considers the great amount of muscle work it required. With even the simplest modern gear for dredging with slow power boat, excellent results should be obtained. Nearly all my hand dredging in Izhut Bay in 1922 was done alongside of our old schooner, the Henry Wilson, when she lay at anchor for four months. The same method was employed at Red Fox Bay, on Shuyak Strait, while aboard the giant, five masted (180 feet high; 2200 tons) by the wind schooner Bianca, which was wrecked on the Clallam Rocks in Strait of Fuca during a great snowstorm on the homeward voyage. I seldom dredged in over 10 fathoms, but often in bad weather. Some of the best habitats for collecting minute shells in Alaska are among a profusion of nullipores, or calcareous algae. In Drier Bay, Prince William Sound, the best habitat was usually on the leaves or at the roots of Zostera marina, or eel-grass, which must be uprooted, washed and sieved in a tub. Since the great epi- demic, which destroyed such a large percentage of the eel-grass beds in the northern hemisphere, much of the area has failed as yet to make a good comeback, so probably many small species of shells and other organisms have become either extremely rare or extinct. Nobody seems to know what caused the disease. In order to avoid repetition of locality names for each species of mollusk on the list, the following four localities are designated by numbers (in parentheses) : 1: Izhut Bay, Afognak Island; May to November, 1922. 2: Red Fox Bay, Shuyak Strait, Afognak Island; July to October, 1924. October, 1960 nautilus 43 3: Port Hobron, Sitkalidak Island, at whaling station; July 6 to September, 1931. 4: Raspberry Strait, Afognak Island; 1939, 1945 and 1946. Extensions of range of shells in this list are extensions beyond those in Ball's Bull. 112 of the U. S. National Museum. Most of these same range extensions also may be located under my name in the "Author index," Index to the Nautilus, vols. 35-60, or in John Q. Burch's (1959) index. See especially: Extended ranges of seventy five species of north Pacific shells collected by Walter J. Eyerdam and Ingvard Norberg. Naut. 57:100-104, & 122-126, 1938. Extended ranges of four Alaskan marine shells. Naut. 57:142, 1944. Pelecypoda Nucula tenuis Montagu, 10 fms., mud, not uncommon (1, 3, 4). N. tenuis expansa Reeve, 10-15 fms., mud, not common (1) . N. (Acila) castrensis Hinds, mud, not common (1). Leda minuta (Fabricius) , mud, fairly common (1, 2, 3) . Yoldia scissurata (Dall) , 20 fms,, fine mud (1) . Y. ensifera (Dall) , 20 fms., fine mud, a few (1) . Y. limatula (Say), mud, 10 fms., several (4). Pecten alaskensis Dall, sandy bottom, rare, 10 fms., mud (1, 2) . P. islandicus beringianus Middendorff, 2 examples (4) . P. (Chlamys) hindsii navarchus Dall, 10 fms., scarce (1) . P. caurinus Gould, 10 fms. (4) . Range extension north of Wrangell. Limatula subauriculata (Montagu), 15 fms., sand (1). Pododesmus (Monia) macrochisma (Deshayes) , 1, 2, 3, 4) . Mytilus calif ornianus Conrad, on surf-beaten rocks (1) . M. edulis Linne, common on all beaches. Modiolus modiolus (Linne) , (1,2, 3, 4) . Modiolaria nigra (Gray), not common (1). Modiolaria substriata (Gray), amongst nullipores (1) . Modiolaria laevigata (Gray) , in byssal nests, not common (1) . Modiolaria vernicosa Midd., on Zoster a (1) . Pandora (Kennerlia) filosa Carpenter, dredged (1) . P. (K.) bilirata Conrad, (4) . Range extended north of Forrester Island. Entodesma saxicola (Baird) , not common (1, 2, 3). Lyonsia striata (Montagu), 15 fms., mud (1, 4) . L. pugetensis Dall, 15 fms., mud (1) . Cuspidaria beringensis Leche, one example, 25 fms., shell bottom. Astarte esquimalti Baird, 18 fms., mud, several (1) . A. arctica (Gray), 18 fms., sand (1). A. alaskensis Dall, 2,0 fms,, sand (1) . A. rollandi Bernardi, dredged (4). 44 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2) Venericardia ventricosa (Gould) , 20 fms., mud (1, 4). V. alaskana Dall, dredged (4) . Kellia laperousei (Deshayes) , in dead clam shells (2, 4) . K. sub orbicularis (Montagu) , (2, 4) . Rochejortia planata Dall, 10 fms. (3). R. tumida (Carpenter), 10 fms. (3). R. aleutica Dall, 10 fms., mud (4) . Thyasira flexuosa (Montagu) , dredged (2) . Clinocardium nuttalUi (Conrad) , common on sandy beaches. C. ciliatum (Fabricius) , 10 fms., mud, not common (1, 2, 3, 4). C. californiense (Deshayes) , not common (1, 2, 3). C. fucanum (Dall) , 10 fms., rare (4) . Serripes groenlandicum (Gmelin) , 20 fms., mud (1, 3) . S. laperousii (Deshayes), dredged, mud, (3, 4) . Protocardia centifilosa (Carpenter), dredged, sand (3) . Saxidomus gigantea (Deshayes) , common on sand &: mud beaches. Campsomyax kennerlyi (Carpenter) , 15 fms., sand (1) . Protothaca staminea (Conrad) , common on stony beaches. P. staminea orbella (Carpenter), in hard grounds (1, 3). Lyocyma viridis Dall, rare, on muddy bottom (1) . Macoma middendorffii Dall, rare, muddy bottom (3). M. incongrua Martens, sandy mud, not uncommon (1, 2) . M. brota Dall, sandy mud, rare (4) . M. brota lipara Dall, sandy mud, dredged, rare (4) . M. inquinata Deshayes, sandy mud, not common (1, 2, 3, 4) . M. balthica (Linne) , in mud, not common (1, 2, 3) . M. alaskana Dall, dredged, rare (1, 3, 4) . M. sitkana Dall, dredged, rare (1, 2, 3). M. nasuta (Conrad) , sandy mud beach, not common. M. inflatula Dall, 10 fms., mud (4) . M. yoldiformis Cpr., dredged (4) . Range extend north from Fuca Strait. Tellina lutea (Gray) , not common (2) . T. lutea venulosa Schrenck, (3) . T. salmonea Carpenter, in fine sand (2, 3). Siliqua patula (Dixon) , common on outer sandy beach of Sit- kalidak Island. S. patula alta (Broderip & Sowerby), rare (2) . Saxicava arctica (Linne) , common under rocks. S .pholadis (Linne) , under boat rafts and anchored logs. Bankia setacea (Tryon) , at all stations, on sunken pilings and wood. Phacoides tenuisculpta (Carpenter) , dredged (1). P. annulata (Reeve) , dredged (1) . Spisula alaskana (Dall), in sand at low tide (1, 2, 3, 4) . Schizothaerus capax (Gould), Swan, 1953, rare (4). My a truncata Linne, scarce at low tide in gravel (1, 3, 4). October, 1960 nautilus 45 M. truncata var. uddevallensis Forbes, (4). One example, similar to type lot. M. intermedia Dall, similar to Kamchatka specimens collected by W. J. Eyerdam. M. japonica Jay, (4) . Easily distinguishable from matura M. intermedia. SCAPHOPODA Dentalium dalli Pilsbry ^ Sharp, 15 fms., sandy mud (4) . Opisthobranchia Cylichnella alba (Brown) , dredged (1, 4) . C. occulta (Mighels), dredged (4) . C. nucleola (Reeve) , on eel-grass (4) . C. attonsa (Carpenter), dredged (4) . Acteocina eximia (Baird) , 10 fms., sand (1, 3, 4) . Haminoea vesicula (Gould) , on eel-grass (5, 6) . Range extended north from Vancouver Island. H. olgae Dall, below tide mark at roots of eel-grasses. (3, 4) . Range extended west from Prince William Sound. NUDIBRANCHIA Melibe leonina (Gould) , common amongst eel-grass. Anisodoris nobilis (MacFarland) , on stones, not common (4). Pteropoda Spiratella pacifica Dall, on kelp holdfast (4) . PULMONATA Arctonchis borealis (Dall) , on Fucus and smooth stones in littoral zone. Siphonaria (Liriola) thersites Carpenter, on stones and Fucus, near shoreline, all stations. Prosobranchia Spiroglyphis lituellus Morch, on stones (1, 4) . Range extended north from southeast Alaska. Aforia circinata (Dall) , below tide mark (1). Bela inequita (Dall) , 10-20 fms. (4) . (Beta — Lora.) Bela rosea (M. Sars), 10-20 fms. (1, 4) . Bela fidicula (Gould) , 10-20 fms. (1). Belasolida (Dall), 10-20 fms. (1,4). Bela turricula (Montagu), 10-20 fms. (1). Bela scalaris (Moller) , 10 fms. (1). Bela pleurotomaria (Couthouy) , 10 fms. (1). Bela alaskensis (Dall) , 10 fms. (1). Bela sculpturata (Dall) , 10-15 fms. (4). Bela excurvata Carpenter, 10 fms. (4) . Bela nobilis (Moller) , 10 fms. (4) . Bela chiachiana (Dall) , 10 fms. (2). Admete couthouyi (Jay), dredged (3, 4). A. couthouyi gracilior (Carpenter) , dredged (1) . Olivella boetica Carpenter, dredged (1, 3, 4) . 46 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2) Chrysodomus lirata (Martyn) , 20 fms. (1, 3, 4) . C. pribiloffensis Dall, 10-20 fms. (1, 3, 4). C. pribiloffensis var. humboldtiana AUyn Smith, 10-20 fms., sandy bottom (1, 3, 4) . C. satura (Martyn) , 10 fms. (1). Beringius crebricostatus (Dall) , 10-20 fms. (1, 3, 4) . B. eyerdami Allyn Smith, 15 fms. (4) . Paratype. B. kennicotti (Dall) , 10 fms., sand (1, 3, 4) . Coins (Latisipho) jordani Dall, 10 fms. (1). Searlesia dira (Reeve) , common under rocks at all localities. (To be continued) HETEROPODS AND PTEROPODS AS FOOD OF THE FISH GENERA, THUNNUS AND ALEPISAURUS By henry D. RUSSELL During the past several years the possibility of a tuna fishery off the western Atlantic coast of North America has become of interest both to sport and commercial fishermen. The presence or absence of these fish is directly related to their food supply and so it becomes of interest to determine its composition. The following discussion is a list of localities with dates and the iden- tification of pteropod and heteropod mollusks taken from the stomach contents of Thunnus albecares (Bonnaterre) , Alepi- saurus ferox Lowe and Alepisaurus brevirostris Gibbs. The collections were made during investigative cruises of the motor vessel Delaware. These were carried on under the auspices of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service during April, July, Sep- tember and October of 1957 and March, April, May and July of 1958 in the north and mid-western Atlantic. For the collection and opportunity to examine the material, I am indebted to Dr. Robert Gibbs of Boston University. For work- ing space and helpful suggestions I wish to acknowledge with thanks the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard, Dr. W. J. Clench, Curator of Mollusks, and Mr. R. W. Foster of that institution. The accompanying map shows the numbered localities (also see table 1) at which fish were taken while the lists and tables indicate which species of heteropod and/or pteropod mollusk composed part of the stomach contents of either T. albecares (Bon.) (list 1) or A. ferox Lowe (list 2) or ^4. brevirostris Gibbs (list 3) . The species of these mollusks found at each numbered October, 1960 nautilus 47 locality, latitudes and longitudes (see map) are shown in table 1. The species' ranges are shown in table 2. Table 3 shows the months, and which of these species was found in the stomach content of one, two, or all three species of fish. The heteropod species, Cardiapoda richardi Vayssiere was found in the stomach contents of one fish, but the fish was not identified though its stomach content was kept. This species of mollusk is therefore regarded here only as being present on the date it was taken, 7/25/58. Finally, a key to the north and mid- Atlantic heteropods modified from Tesch, 1945, is included to aid in the identification of the several species found in this region. The key contains more species than were found in the fish stomach contents. By this enlargement, it will be a more useful key to those interested in these organisms. Table 3 indicates that Cavolina tridentata Forsk. was eaten by all three species of fish during July to October and Carinaria lamarcki Per. and Les. by all three from May to October. Ptero- trachea hippocampus (Phil.) , P. scutata Gegen. and P. coronata Forsk., on the other hand, were eaten only by Alepisaurus ferox Lowe, during July to October. The fishing period extended from Maich to November. No heteropods were recorded from fish (Earlier than May. Without a complete monthly seasonal record :he explanation of this is difficult. More seasonal record data are ] leeded. N<> collections were made later in the year than October so that more seasonal data are needed here also to explain whether the heteropods and pteropods and fish are present or not and whether or not they are forming part of the fish diet during this latter part of the year. There is little life cycle information recorded in the literature relative to fonns found in the western Atlantic. As a result, no one can state whether these heteropods and pteropods grow quickly to full size and maturity or not and what may be their life span. More data in these areas might yield valuable informa- tion bearing upon fish food migrations and this in turn upon future fisheries. The several species and their authors are listed below for reference and make possible the elimination of authors' names from the lists and tables. 48 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2) Atlanta peroni Lesueur Oxygyrus keraudreni (Lesueur) Cavolina tridentata (Forskal) C. uncinata (Rang) C. gibbosa (Rang) C. trispinosa (Lesueur) Pneumoderma atlanticum Gegenbaur C armaria lamarcki Peron and Lesueur Pterotrachea hippocampus (Philippi) P. scutata Gegenbaur P. coronata Forskal Cardiapoda placenta (Lesson) C. richardi Vayssiere swnoffl nan which srecinaB were recorbhi (see uso iabis i) Key to the North and Mid-Atlantic Heteropods (Modified from Tesch, J.J. 1949) A. Flat coiled and keeled shell into which the ani- mal can completely with- draw. Atlantidae (H) B. Body too large to be with- drawn into shell which covers the visceral nucleus only; shell triangular. Carinariidae (L) October, 1960 NAUTILUS 49 C. Shell disappeared; vis- ceral nucleus is very near or at the posterior end of the body. Pterotracheidae (O) D. Shell 10 mm or less in di- ameter, flattened, large outer whorl encircled by a keel; animal can wholly withdraw into shell; tenta- cles anterior to the eyes. (F) E. Shell coiled at tip and consisting chiefly either of a conical more or less straight and keeled last whorl, vestigal, or entirely lacking; animal cannot withdraw into shell, body cylindrical, with large pro- boscis and swimming fin. (J) F. Shell planorboid, cartil- aginous, transparent with broad cartilaginous keel. Oxygyrus Benson O. keraudreni (Lesueur) G. Shell dextral, not plan- orboid, spire projecting and visible on right side only. (H) H. Keel chalky sloping down toward shell mouth. Atlanta Lesueur (Q) I. Keel cartilaginous, trans- parent continued up to shell mouth. Protatlanta Tesch P. s o u I ey e t i (E d g. A. Smith) J. Shell present. Visceral nu- cleus stalked, above swim- ming fin. (N) K. No shell present, visceral nucleus at or near poster- ior of body and swimming fin midway between eyes and visceral nucleus. (P) L. Shell comparatively large, covering the visceral nu- cleus and the gills in the mantle cavity, body much inflated. (N) M. Shell very small, cover- ing only the nether pole of the visceral nucleus and produced into winglets at the aperture. Cardiapoda Orbigny (DD) N. Body cylindrical. Carinaria Lamarck (CC) O. A distinct tail behind vis- ceral nucleus. No tentacles anterior to eyes. Pterotrachea Forskal (GG) P. Only a small lobe exists behind the visceral nu- cleus and tentacles are found only in the males. Firoloida Lesueur (FF) Q. Shell colorless, flattened, transparent, without spiral sculpture; spire in profile generally not projecting beyond the plane of the last whorl. (S) R. Shell usually horny colored, inflated, suture deeper toned; spire rising obliquely from plane of last whorl and bearing a few spiral lines. (X) S. Spire deflected with rela- tion to last whorl. Atlanta inclinata 50 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2) Souleyet T. Spire within plane of last whorl (U) U. 5 whorls Atlanta peroni Lesueur V. 4 whorls Atlanta gaudichaudi Souleyet W. 3 whorls Atlanta lesuere Souleyet X. Spire conical, penulti- mate whorl spirally sculp- tured. (Y) Y. Shell nearly colorless, 6-8 spiral lines on penulti- mate whorl. (AA) Z. Shell buff-colored, a few wavy spiral lines near shell mouth tip, also on under- side of shell. Atlanta fusca Souleyet AA. Suture distinct, not col- ored. Atlanta helicinoides Souleyet BB. Suture distinct, purple colored. Atlanta inflata Souleyet CC. Shell depressed, basal length about 65% of great- est height. Carinaria lamarcki Peron and Lesueur DD. Gills more than 20, ar- ranged in a row around the outer margin of the visceral nucleus, swim fin homogenous except at free edge where muscle bands appear distinct; tail end- ing in a star-shaped expan- sion. Cardiapoda placenta (Lesson) EE. Gills few 8-10, on dorsal side of visceral nucleus; swim fin with distinct crisscrossed muscle fibers, tail long, filamentous. Cardiapoda richardi Vayssiere FF. Gills absent; tentacles only in males, without ap- preciable tail behind the visceral nucleus. Firoloida dismaresti Lesueur GG. Eyes cylindrical, longi- tudinal axis including lens distinctly longer than ret- inal base. (II) HH. Eyes triangular, length as broad as retinal base. (KK) IL Visceral nucleus long, slender (4-5 times as long as broad) , sharply pointed at tip. Pterotrachea coronata Forskal JJ. Visceral nucleus propor- tionately thicker, anterior part of body much en- larged. Pterotrachea scutata Gegenaur KK. Visceral nucleus 1/2 as broad as long. Pterotrachea hippo- campus (Phillippi) LL. Visceral nucleus about 3 times as long as broad. Pterotrachea minuta Bonnevie October, 1960 NAUTILUS 51 List 1 Heteropod or Pteropod Mollusks Found in the Stomach Contents of Thunnus albecares (Bonnaterre) Date Locality Species 9/22/57 38°17'N;65°58'W Cavolina uidentata 10/ 4/57 38°12'N;70°00'W »» »» 10/10/57 34°45'N;71°49'W " " 9/12/57 40°34'N;64°00'W Carinaria lamarcki 9/12/57 40°34'N;64°02'W >» »» 9/14/57 37°44'N;65°42'W »» tt 9/21/57 40°27'N;66°15'W tf >> 9/22/57 38°07'N;65°58'W tf tt 9/22/57 38°07'N;68°15'W tt tt 10/ 2/57 36°57'N;68°05'W »» tt 10/ 2/57 36°42'N;70°00'W tt tt 10/ 2/57 36°57'N;68°05'W tt tt 10/ 3/57 36°42'N;70°00'W tt tt 10/ 3/57 36°57'N;68°05'W tt tt 10/ 8/57 37°45'N;71°49'W tt tt 10/ 9/57 36°15'N;71°49'W tt tt 10/11/57 34°45'N;73°41'W tt tt List 2 Heteropod and Pteropod Mollusks Found in the Stomach contents of Alepisaurus ferox Lowe Date Locality Species 9/25/57 39°44'N;70°00'W Atlanta peroni 10/ 4/57 38°12'N;70°00'W >> ft 9/25/57 39°44'N;70°00'W Oxygyrus keraudreni 10/ 4/57 38°12'N;70°00'W »» f » 9/23/57 38°28'N;68°05'W Cavolina tridentata 9/25/57 39°44'N;70°00'W tt tt 10/ 2/57 36°57'N;68°05'W tt tt 10/ 4/57 38°12'N;70°00'W tt tt 10/ 3/57 36°42'N;70°00'W Pneumoderma atlanticum 7/19/58 35°50'N;72°35'W Carinaria lamarcki 9/17/58 38°16'N;70°00'W »> »> 9/27/58 32°06'N;67°32'W tt tt 10/ 2/57 36°42'N;70°00'W tt tt 10/ 2/57 36°57'N;65°05'W It tt 10/ 2/57 39°00'N;65°20'W It It 10/ 3/57 36°42'N;70°00'W »» »» 10/ 8/57 37°45'N;71°49'W tt tt 7/26/58 32°06'N;70°00'W Pterotrachea hippocampu 7/27/58 32°06'N;67°32'W tt ^ '^ ,t ^ 10/ 2/57 36°57'N;65°05'W »» tt 10/ 3/57 36°42'N;70°00'W tt It 52 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2) Date Locality Species 9/25/57 39°44'N;70°00^W Pterotrachea scutata 10/ 3/57 36°42'N;70°00'W " " 10/ 2/57 36°57'N;65°05'W Pterotrachea coronata 10/ 3/57 36°42'N;70°00'W List 3 Heteropod and pteropod mollusks found in the stomach contents of Alepisaurus brevirostris Gibbs Date Locality Species 7/11/58 37°08'N;66°42'W Atlanta peroni 7/17/58 38°16'N;68°05'W " " 7/11/58 37°08'N;66°42'W Oxygyrus keraudreni 9/22/57 38°07'N;65°58'W " " 9/25/57 39°44'N;70°00'W >> »> 7/11/58 38°07'N;66°42'W Cavolina tridentata 9/11/57 42°18'N;64°02'W " " 9/14/57 37°44'N;65°42'W " " 9/22/57 38°07^N;65°58'W >> »» 9/25/57 39°44'N;70°00'W >» >» 10/ 4/57 38°12'N;70°00'W " " 10/ 8/57 37°45'N;71°49'W M >» 7/11/58 37°08'N;66°42'W Cavolina uncinata 7/14/58 37°44'N;65°42'W " >» 9/25/57 39°44'N;70°00'W " " 7/11/58 37°08^N;66°42'W Cavolina gibbosa 7/17/58 38°16'N;70°00'W >» »> 9/11/57 42°18'N;64°02'W " " 9/25/57 39°44'N;70°00'W >> >» 7/11/58 37°08'N;66°42'W Cavolina trispinosa 9/25/57 39°44'N;70°00'W Pneumoderma atlanticum 7/11/57 37°08'N;66°42'W Carinaria lamarcki 9/11/57 42°18'N;64°02'W >> >> 9/17/58 38°16'N;70°00'W " " 10/18/57 37°45'N;71°49'W >> >> 9/25/57 39°44'N;70°00'W Cardiapoda placenta Table 1 Het Sta. No. eropod and pteropod species listed by locality Locality Species 1 32°06'N;70°00'W Pterotrachea hippocampus 2 32°06'N;67°32'W Carinaria lamarcki 3 33°06'N;72°10'W Cardiapoda richardi 4 33°40'N;59°40^W Pterotrachea hippocampus 5 35°50'N;72°35'W " " Carinaria lamarcki 36°15'N;71°49'W October, 1960 NAUTILUS 5S Sta. No. 7 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Locality 36°42'N:70°00'W 36°57'N;68°05'W 37°44'N;65°42'W 37°45'N;71°49'W 38°07'N;66°42'W 38°07'N;68°15'W 38°12'N;70°00^W 38°16'N;70°00'W 38°28'N;68°05'W 38°49'N;64°02'W 39°00'N;65°20'W 39°20'N;53°00'W 39°36'N;51°00'W 39°44'N;70°00'W Species Pterotrachea coronata Carinaria lamarcki Pterotrachea scutata Pterotrachea hippocampus Pneumoderma atlanticum Cavolina tridentata Cardiapoda placenta Carinaria lamarcki Pterotrachea hippocampus Pterotrachea coronata Carinaria lamarcki Cavolina uncinata Cavolina tridentata Carinaria lamarcki Pneumoderma atlanticum Cavolina tridentata Carinaria lamarcki Cavolina uncinata Cavolina gibbosa Cavolina trispinosa Cavolina tridentata Oxygyrus keraudeni Atlanta peroni Carinaria lamarcki Cavolina tridentata Oxygyrus keraudreni Cavolina tridentata Oxygyrus keraudreni Atlanta peroni Carinaria lamarcki Cavolina gibbosa Atlanta peroni Cavolina tridentata Pterotrachea coronata Carinaria lamarcki Cavolina gibbosa Cavolina tridentata Oxygyrus keraudreni Carinaria lamarcki Pterotrachea coronata Carinaria lamarcki Cardiapoda placenta Pterotrachea scutata Cavolina uncinata 54 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2) Cavolina gibbosa Cavolina trispinosa Cavolina tridentata Oxygyrus keraudreni Atlanta peroni 21 40°00'N;68°05'W Pterotrachea coronata Carinaria lamarcki Cavolina uncinata Cavolina gibbosa Cavolina trispinosa Cavolina tridentata Oxygyrus keraudreni 22 40°27'N;66°15'W Carinaria lamarcki Cavolina uncinata Cavolina gibbosa Cavolina tridentata Oxygyrus keraudreni 23 40°34'N;64°02'W Pterotrachea hippocampus Carinaria lamarcki Cavolina tridentata Pterotrachea scutata 24 41°00'N;61°45'W Pterotrachea scutata Pterotrachea hippocampus Pterotrachea coronata Carinaria lamarcki 25 42°18'N;64°02'W Carinaria lamarcki Cavolina gibbosa Cavolina tridentata Table 2 Specific Ranges for the Species of Heteropods and Pteropods Species Latitude Longitude Atlanta peroni S7°08'N-40°00'N — 66°42'W-70°00'W Oxygyrus keraudreni 37°08'N-40°27'N — 64°02'W-70°00'W Cavolina tridentata 34°45'N-42°18'N — 64°02'W-71°49'W Cavolina gibbosa 37°08'N-42°18'N — 64°02'W-70°00'W Cavolina trispinosa 37°08'N-40°00'N — 66°42W'-70°00'W Cavolina uncinata 37°08'N-40°27'N — 65°42'W-70°00'W Pneumoderma atlanticum 36°42'N-37°45'N — 70°00W-71°49'W Carinaria lamarcki 32°06'N-42°18'N — 51°00'W-73°4rW Pterotrachea coronata 36°42'N-57°36'N — 51°00'W-70°00'W Pterotrachea hippocampus 32°06'N-57°36'N — 59°40'W-72°35'W Pterotrachea scutata 36°42'N-40°34^N — 61°45'W-70°00'W Cardiapoda richardi 33°06'N-72°10'W Cardiapoda placenta 36°44'N-39°44'N — 68°05'W-70°00'W October, 1960 nautilus 55 -§ O O 3 ^' ^' *J . w* *^ ■s r. .§ S o o S" (So o s^ K,J! « 1, < t/2 t/5 •— , ^n;« <-> (J CO -So ^ .go c« a. u -S fc ^ Oh c^ tj ^CU go left ^™ ^ §-1 6 rt.ii I Lr g^ bJDCC'^;^oo03ooo 56 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2) Bibliography Bronn, H. G., Klassen und Ordnungen des Tier-Reichs, Band III, Mollusca (opisthobranchia) . pp. 281-294, 304, 306, 307, 321-351, 407-412, 437-441, 567, 622, 1044. pis. 9, 10, 1896-1907. Johnson, C. W., List of the marine mol. of the Atlantic coast from Labrador to Texas. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 40. No. 1. p. 92-93, 151, 1934. Tesch, J. J. Dana report No. 34, Heteropoda. pp. 5-54, pis. 1-5. Oxford Univ. Press. London, 1949. Tesch, J. J. Dana Report No. 28, The thecosomatous pteropods (the Atlantic) . p, 3-81, pis. 1-8, 1946. Eydoux et Souleyet. La Bonite, Voyage autour du monde. Ptera- podes, pp. 37-288, Heteropodes, pp. 289-392, 1852. Rang, P.C.A.L. and Souleyet. Hist. nat. des moL pteropodes. pp. 1-86, pis. 1-15, 1852. Smith, E. A. Report on the heteropods collected by HMS. Chal- lenger during the years 1873-76. Vayssiere, A. Mol. heteropodes. Yachts Herondelle et Princess Alice, pp. 3-65, pis. 1-6, 1904. GALACERA, NEW GENUS OF POLYCERID NUDIBRANCHS By CARLOS J. RISSO-DOMINGUEZ When searching for nudibranchs in the port of Mar del Plata in January, 1957, opportunity arose to collect two specimens of a polycerid, immediately recognized in the field as a new genus closely allied to Thecacera and Polycera. The name Galacera was selected at that time. Surprisingly, I further realized that this curious polycerid is the same nudibranch described by Fran- ceschi (1928) as a variety of Polycera quadrilineata and reported by Odhner (1941) as a distinct species. This was evident after a careful consideration of the causes for the incomplete description by Franceschi and an examination of the type material in the Museo Argentino de Ciencias Naturales. The imaginary animal described by Odhner and Franceschi belongs to Polycera, but the real nudibranch found by the latter (no. 17206, Invert. Div. MACN) and observed alive by the writer in the type locality, markedly differs from the diagnosis elaborated by Odhner (1941:16) and some original figures. The paper by Franceschi only meant to claim the presence of the well known European polycerid sea-slug on the Atlantic coast of South America, with the pretense that it was the first record of October, 1960 nautilus 57 the genus for this coast,^ To force this assumption, the animal was described as a variety because the author was unable to avoid or neglect the conspicuous differences. This author apparently did not consult detailed color plates, illustrating the most common European polycerid, and the supposed resemblance with P. quadrilineata, chiefly was a matter of conjecture. Only the com- parison with pi. 22 (Fam. 1) of Alder and Hancock (1851) or pi. "P. quadrilineata" by Meyer and Mobius (1865) , might have supplied the certainty of the distinctness of the specimens as be- longing to a new species. The work by Franceschi is rather contradictory. He early states that the specimens do not show appreciable differences from those of European coasts (p. 580) . Nevertheless he is further perplexed because he was unable to find any trace of tubercles or similar structures in living specimens (p. 584) . The inconsistency of im- portant details between some figures and the text is obvious; e.g., 8-10 digitations are indicated for adult specimens, but the animal depicted in the plate has only 6 veil digitations and prob- ably an author, who had an ample supply of adult specimens, would not select a young one for the illustrations. No word about the pallial margin is given, but a very exaggerated one is de- picted in the figures, and no description is provided for the rhinophores, quite overlooking the retractility into sheaths, a rather important diagnostic character in nudibranchs. Even if Franceschi had a good number of living specimens before him, he evidently overlooked this feature, of high taxonomic value, in his attempt to identify them with Polycera quadrilineata. Even more difficult to justify (and really mystifying) is the diagnosis by Odhner (1941) 2. Since Odhner did not have any living or preserved material and his only source of knowledge was the paper by Franceschi, such an imaginary diagnosis might 1 This error recently was repeated by Marcus (1955) . As early as in 1854, Alder and Hancock (1854) mentioned a Polycera from Brazil (". . . Of extra European species, one occurs in the Canary Islands, another on the coast of North America, and a third in Rio de Janeiro . . .") that might be described in some account of earlier travels. Either Polycera odhneri Marcus, 1955, or Polycera hummi Abbott, 1952 {=P- aurisula Marcus, 1957) might be a synonym of that species. 2 ". . , Back margin very distinct, smooth. Frontal processes at least 6. Back surface with indistinct tubercles. Colour whitish, with series of yellow spots on back, sides and tail {each a minute tubercle) frontal digitations yellow, red in the middle, . . ." 58 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2) have been the direct result of a misinterpretation of the Spanish text. The "very distinct" pallial ridge came from the wrong figures, but Franceschi did not mention the presence of tubercles, indistinct or minute. The veil digitations are yellow from the base to the tip, and no "red in the middle" is present. The lines of spots in the body are scarlet red, not yellow. Ob- viously, this is very clear in the original paper and corresponds in all details with the specimens studied by me in 1957. Conse- quently, I cannot accept Odhner's diagnosis or take into account the relationship or taxonomic position given by him for this nudibranch. Galacera, genus novum. Type species: Polycera marplatensis (Franceschi) . Belonging to the group Thecacera-Polycera-Ohola in the sense of Odhner (1941, p. 11) 3. Body limaciform, smooth, resembling Polycera at certain extent, but rather high, without tubercles or tuberculate pallial margin. Rhinophores very small, without the conspicuous dif- ferences between clavus and stalk shown in Polycera, fully re- tractile into narrow sheaths with indistinct borders; disappearing below the skin level when retracted, the sheaths being closed by a sphincter-like action of the borders. Indistinct pallial margin, almost reduced to the dorsal sloping borders, and not continued behind the branchiae. Foot prehensile, which makes difficult crawling on a flat surface, such as glass."* Galacera mainly differs from Polycera by the retractile rhino- phores within sheaths and the lack of a tuberculate pallial mar- gin. From Thecacera, it differs by the absence of the typical large sheaths of this genus. Like Trevelyana, Crimora and Ohola, Gala- cera has small rhinophores, retractile into narrow or indistinct sheaths. Galacera marplatensis has some external resemblance in morphology and colouring with Polycera quadrilineata^ and Odhner (1941) places it in the group quadrilineata-capensis-atra but, in addition to the generic differences, this species does not show the black pigmentation that is a noteworthy peculiarity in the group formed by these 3 species. The coloration resembles more that found in the species of Trevelyana with opaque white background and scarlet red spots. 3 United by the similarity of radula and jaws. 4 The taxonomic value of this peculiarity is not yet fully known in the Polyceridae, because no data are available for most species. 5 Chiefly by the yellow frontal digitations and yellow tipped extra-branchial appendages. October, 1960 nautilus 59 A species with retractile rhinophores and without tuberculate pallial margin cannot possibly be included in Polycera. Since the very clear diagnosis for Polycera by Alder and Han- cock (1854, 1855) , the non-retractile rhinophores and the absence of sheaths has been recognized by authors as a sharp and distin- guishing diagnostic character for the genus, and Odhner also mentioned it (1941, p. 11). The term "retractile" used by Vayssiere (1901, p. 61 and 1913, p. 339) for Palio and Risbec (1928, p. 201) for Polycera picta, must be taken as "contractile." Evidently, there is an obvious difference between a rhinophore or a tentacle that contracts as a very sensitive organ, and a rhino- phore which completely enters into a sheath (= invaginable) . Moreover, there are no species of Polycera without tubercles or a tuberculate pallial margin. The diagnosis by Alder and Hancock (1855, p. xviii) proved to be right after one century of research on polycerids. All the species in this genus divide nat- urally into three groups: (1) One includes all those species with a brownish pigmentation, from a reddish hue (P. japonica, P. cooki) to an olivaceous, greenish one, or even yellowish-green (P. lessonii, P. ocellata, P. picta, P. risbeci), with numerous tubercles in the pallial margin and mostly with a very tuberculate skin. This group comprises: P. lessonii D'Orb., 1837; P. ocellata A. & H., 1842; P. cooki Angas, 1864; P. zosterae O'Donoghue, 1924; P. picta Risbec, 1928; P. faroensis Lemche, 1929; P. fujitai Baba, 1937; P. risbeci Odhner, 1941; P. japonica Baba, 1949; P. maculata Pruvot-Fol, 1951; P. hummi Abbott, 1952; P. odhneri Marcus, 1955; and P. priva Marcus, 1959^. The whole group (by far the most numerous in species) can be included in Palio if an amended diagnosis is provided for this subgenus. (2) The second includes the blue-yellow pigmented polyceras or in other words, the subgenus Greilada. P. (G) elegans (Bergh) , 1894; P. (G.) messinensis Odhner, 1941 and P. (G.) atlantica Pruvot-Fol, 1955, have been described, being all doubtful, rare or with very unsatisfactory descriptions. See Pruvot-Fol (1955) . (3) To the third group belong the white-yellow-black forms, that are P. quadrilineata O. Miiller, 1776; P. capensis Quoy and 6 Only with hesitation, I include P. priva in this list, because the species is based upon examination of only one very contracted, preserved specimen, with all the inconveniences of such material. It is rather unfortunate that "Bergh 's style" in creating species could still be used. 60 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2) Gaimard, 1824 and P. atra MacFarland, 1905^ or the subgenus Polycera sensu stricto. This relationship is recognized by Pruvot- Fol (1954) in her description of P. quadrilineata^. They have large and conspicuous yellow frontal digitations, a character in common with Galacera marplatensis. They could be interpreted as the connecting linkages, from this restricted standpoint, with Thecacera, Galacera and Trevelyana, genera which include sj>e- cies with white backgrounds and orange-yellow or red spots. Note- worthily, the shape of the animal is also intermediate. P. atra and P. capensis, with their tendency towards disappearance of the pallial margin and tubercles, do resemble, more than other poly- ceras, Thecacera pennigera, Galacera marplatensis and Trev- elyana alba, if the sharply distinguishing, generic peculiarities be overlooked. Moreover, there are true tubercles in the pallial margin of P. capensis, even if not recognized by Odhner (1941) and Barnard (1927) . To apply an unequivocal terminology to identify each of these different structures is of paramout importance in the taxonomy of this family. The terms used by some authors, such as "papillae" and "processes," must be abandoned and only "tubercles," "veil digitations" and "extrabranchial appendages" be used. The "flanking processes" (= extrabranchial append- ages) of Barnard (1927, p. 191-192) for P. capensis (= P. nigrocrocea) are real tubercles, obviously equal in structure as those of P. atra, very clearly described in the correct sense by MacFarland (1906, p. 142) . In Polycera the tubercles of the pallial margin (or even the appendage-like tubercles) , are pig- mented with the same colour as the veil digitations, a fact that may indicate identical histological structure, whereas the true appendages in Ancula, Trapania, Polycera, Galacera, Thecacera, etc. are of the same color as the background of the body, and addi- tional, superficial pigmentation is also similar in the branchiae and the body. I must conclude, consequently, that no species of Polycera has tubercles in the pallial margin^, whereas Galacera has appendages but no tubercles of any kind. Those reported by 7 p. pallida Bergh, 1880 is not included here since it is a very doubtful species, founded upon insufficient evidence. 8 ". . . et des especes vicariantes au Cap et en Califomie . . ." 9 In Greilada, one must take into account living specimens only, which as described by Pruvot-Fol (1951, 1955) have conspicuous tubercles in the pallial margin, and not the preserved specimens of Bergh and Odhner. October, 1960 nautilus 61 Odhner for G. marplatensis are imaginary. Franceschi has very clearly stated the lack of any trace of tubercles in living specimens (p. 584) ,^^ an observation corroborated by my research in 1957. This nudibranch, the only known polycerid in the puelchean malacological zone of the Argentine coasts, lives on Bugula and little differences could be found with the habitat mentioned for Thecacera pennigera in Brazil by Marcus (1957) , except that I have found it only on those arborescent bryozoan colonies on which it feeds. This explains the prehensile nature of the foot. Strangely enough, the spawning season comes during the coldest weeks of winter, rather than in summer months as do those of most opisthobranchs and all other nudibranchs observed at that locality. References Alder, J. and Hancock, A. 1851. Part V, Monograph British Nudibr. Moll. 1854. Part VI, Monograph British Nudibr. Moll. 1855. Part VII, Monograph British Nudibr. Moll. Angas, G. F. 1864. Journ. de Conchyl. ^;43-70. Baba, K. 1937. Jour. Dept. Agric. Kyushu Imp. Univ., 5:289-344. 1949. Opisthobranchia of Sagami Bay, (Iwanami Shoten) , Tokyo. Barnard, K. H. 1927. Ann. South-African Mus., 25:171-215. Bergh, R. 1880. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 52:40-127. Eliot, C. 1910. Part VIII (Supplement.) Monograph British Nudibr. Moll. Franceschi, G. J. 1928. Anales Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. Buenos Aires, 5^:577-586. MacFarland, F. M. 1906. Bull. Bureau Fisheries, Washington, 25:109-151. Marcus, E. 1955. Bol. Fac. Fil. Univ. Sao Paulo, Zool. no. 20:89- 200. 1957. Jour. Linn. Soc. London, ^5:390-486. 1959. Lunds Univ. Arsskr. N.F., Avd. 2, 55(9): 1-1 34. Meyer, H. A. and Mobius, K. 1865. Fauna der Kieler Bucht, I, (W. Engelmann) Leipzig. Odhner, N. H. 1941. Goteb. K. Vet. Vitterh. Samh. Handl. F. 6, (B) i(ll):l-20. Pruvot-Fol, A. 1951. Arch. Zool. exper. et gen. 88{l):l-79. 1954. Faune de France, 58: Moll. Opisthobranchs, 448 pp. 1955. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, (9^:350-359. Quoy, J. R. C. and Gaimard, P. 1824. Voyage Uranie et Physi- cienne, Zoologie. 10 ", . . no hay tuberculos apredables sino manchas coloreadas . . ." 62 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2) Risbec, J. 1928. Faune Colon. Franc. 2(1): 1-238. Vayssi^re, A. 1901. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Marseille, ^(1):1-130. 1913. Mollusques de la France (1) (Encyclop. Scient. O. Doin) Paris. LAND SNAILS FROM THE DOE RUN CREEK AREA, MEADE COUNTY, KENTUCKY By MICHAEL F. KAPLAN and W. L. MINCKLEY l The terrestrial molluscan fauna of Kentucky is known largely from early descriptions of species and from collections that have been recorded in publications dealing with other areas of the United States. This paper lists the species of land snails, exclusive of the slugs, that we have identified from collections made at five sites along Doe Run Creek, Meade County, Kentucky, in the months of March, April, and December, 1959. Methods and description of the area: Most of the specimens recorded here were picked by hand from stream-drifted debris along Doe Run Creek. However, many specimens were obtained from logs, beneath rocks, and beneath leaf litter and humus in wooded areas. Identifications were made by use of keys published by F. C. Baker (1939) and Pilsbry (1939-1948), with only shell characters being used. The Doe Run Creek area is located in the Pennyrile region of Kentucky, and is underlain almost entirely by limestones of Mis- sisippian age. Doe Run begins as a spring located at 37° 56' N and 86° 07' W, and enters the Ohio River near 38° 00' N and 86° 06'W, about 3.5 miles east of Brandenburg, Kentucky. The latter two localities were our stations I and V, respectively. Other sta- tions were as follows: Station 11—37° 57'N and 86° 07' W. Station III (approximately same coordinates as Station II, but about one mile north) . Station IV— 37° 58' N and 86° 06' W (determined from U. S, Geological Survey. Topographic Maps: Rock Haven quadrangle — Stations I, III, IV; Guston quadrangle — Station II; and Laconia quadrangle — Station IV) . Much of the valley floor in the Doe Run Area, and also the karsted uplands, is cultivated, with a fringe of trees persisting as a riparian forest. Wooded areas also occur on the precipitous hillsides along the creek, in areas of limestone outcroppings, and 1 Contribution No. 32 (New Series) from the Department of Biology, University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky. October, 1960 nautilus 63 in sections where the valley is too narrow for cultivation. The area has been heavily logged, with most of the timber being second-growth oak, hickory, and maple. Red cedar occurs in scattered stands, and is most abundant on the bluffs and in areas of more recent logging. Some sycamore, oak, and American beech appear as mature stands adjacent to the creek. Annotated list of species: The notes in this list consist of a term indicating the general abundance of the species in our collections (Rare — fewer than 10 specimens collected. Common — 10 to 50 specimens collected. Abundant — more than 50) , and the numbers of the stations at which the species was obtained. In some cases, annotations dealing with ecology and morphology are included. Nomenclature, and the arrangement of the list, follow that of Pilsbry (loc. cit.) insofar as possible. Representative specimens of each species are deposited with the University of Louisville, De- partment of Biology, Polygyra plicata Say. Abundant; stations I, III, IV, and V. Stenotrema stenotrema (Pfeiffer) . Rare; station V. The Doe Run Area apparently lies on the western periphery of the range of this species in Kentucky: Pilsbry (1940) recorded the range as "eastern two-thirds (of Kentucky) , west to Jefferson, Hart, and Barren counties." S. angellum Hubricht. Common; stations III and V. Two of the localities given by Hubricht (1958) are in Meade County, with one being near the Doe Run area ("Ohio River bluff, 5 miles east of Brandenburg") . S. hirsutum (Say) . Rare; station III. S. fraternum (Say) . Rare; station V. Mesodon thyroidus (Say) . Common; stations I, III, IV, and V. All but 2 of the 37 specimens of M. thyroidus that we obtained were not dentate. M. clausus (Say) . Rare; station V. M. zaletus (Binney) . Common; stations I, II, III, and V. M. elevatus (Say) . Rare; station I. M. inflectus (Say) . Abundant; stations III, IV, and V. Three shells of our series of M. inflectus have the gap between the lip- teeth narrower than deep; however, the other specimens have a gap that is consistently wider than deep. That two "populations," exhibiting the differences noted above, exist together was noted by Pilsbry (1940) . 64 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2) Triodopsis fraudulenta (Pilsbry) . Rare; station I. T. denotata (Ferussac) . Rare; stations I and V. One specimen in our series has the umbilicus open by a narrow cleft under the reflected lip. Pilsbry (1940) noted the occurrence of this anomaly in certain populations of this species. T. alholahris (Say) . Common; stations I, II, III, and IV. Haplotrema concavum (Say) . Common; stations I and V. Eiiconulus fulvus (Miiller) . Common; stations I, II, and IV. This small species was the most abundant form at station IV in the stream-drifted debris. We also obtained the species beneath leaf litter and humus in the wooded areas. E. chersinus (Say) . Rare; stations I and II. Retinella electrina (Gould) . Rare; all stations. R. wheatleyi (Bland) . Rare; stations I and II. R. indentata (Say) . Abundant; stations I and V. Mesomphix inornatus (Say) . Rare; stations I and II. This species was taken only in areas of deep humus deposition near decomposing logs. M. vulgatus H. B. Baker. Rare; station I. M. friabilis (W. G. Binney) . Rare; stations I and V. M. ruidus Hubricht. We failed to obtain M. ruidus from our localities. Hubricht (1958) described this species from material collected on the "Ohio River flood-plain, just east of Branden- burg (holotype and paratypes) ." Paravitrea multidentata (Binney) . Rare; station II. Hawaiia minuscula (Binney) . Common; stations II, IV, and V. V entridens demissus (Binney) . Rare; stations I and V. V. ligera (Say) . Rare; stations I and V. Anguispira alternata (Say) . Rare; station V. A. kochi (Pfeiffer) . Abundant; all stations. Although this large species occurred at all localities, it was most abundant on the wooded slopes in the upper reaches of the Doe Run Creek water- shed. Discus cronkhitei (Newcomb) . Rare; station I. Helicodiscus parallelus (Say) . Rare; stations I and V. H. singleyanus (Pilsbry) . Common; stations III and V. Oxyloma retusa (Lea) . Rare; station I. Strobilops lahyrinthica (Say) . Common; stations I, III, IV, and V. Gastrocopta armifera (Say) . Abundant; stations I, III, IV, and V. October, 1960 nautilus 65 G. contracta (Say) . Rare; station III. G. pentodon (Say) . Rare; station III. G. tappaniana (C. B. Adams) , Rare; station III. G. procera (Gould) . Rare; station III. Pupoides albilahris (C. B. Adams) . Common; stations I, III, and IV. Vertigo tridentata Wolf. Rare; stations I and V. Cionella lubrica (Miiller) . Abundant; all stations. Pomatiopsis lapidaria (Say) . Abundant; all stations. We col- lected living specimens of this species from the bottom of the creek in March and December. The latter occurrence was in a bottom sample obtained from 5 feet of water. The species was also found living along the stream banks, sometimes as far as 40 yards from the creek. Carychium exiguum (Say) . Rare; station V. Summary Terrestrial mollusks, exclusive of slugs, were collected from 5 localities in the Doe Run Creek area, Meade County, Kentucky. The area is located east and southeast of Brandenburg. Collec- tions were made in March, April, and December, 1959. Forty-four species of snails were obtained from the area. The species are referable to 22 genera and 10 families. Annotations include the stations at which each species was collected and no- tations as to the relative abundance. Literature cited Baker, Frank C. 1939. Fieldbook of Illinois Land Snails. 111. Nat. Hist. Surv., Manual 2, Urbana. 166 pp. Hubricht, Leslie. 1958. New species of land snails from the east- ern United States. Trans. Kentucky Acad. Sci., vol. 7P(3-4), pp. 70-76. Pilsbry, Henry A. 1939, 1940, 1946, 1948. Land Mollusca of North America (north of Mexico) , vols. 1 Sc 2, parts 1 & 2. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Monographs, no. 3. VOYAGE OF THE VENUS By J. LOCK WOOD CHAM BERLIN U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington, D. C. In 1836 the French Government sent the frigate Venus on an extensive voyage in the Pacific ocean. After 30 months, the ship, having sailed around the world, returned to France. Although the principal objectives of the venture were not disclosed, notable 66 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2) scientific accomplishments were reported (1) . These included charts of bays and islands, geophysical and astronomical studies, and natural history collections. The mollusks fiom the voyage, collected by Du-Petit-Thouars and his first officer, Chiron, included almost 400 species (over 1500 specimens) and had been catalogued in the Museum d'his- toire naturelle, Paris, by 1840 (1). Several years later, Achille Valenciennes published figures of about 86 of the species, accom- panied by binomial Latin names in the captions (at least 62 new names) on 27 immense plates in an atlas of the zoological collec- tions (2) , Written descriptions of the vertebrate species in the atlas were later published, but none ever appeared for the inverte- brates (mollusks, coelenterates, and echinoderms) . The new species of mollusks are thus based solely on the figures and are essentially without locality data. Fortunately the figures are ex- cellent. They represent, at least for the most part, shallow water species of the Indo-Pacific and the west coasts of the Americas. Type specimens of several of the species have been identified in the collections of the Paris museum (3, 4) . The locality data with the specimens are often broad (e. g., "Asie," "Kamtschatska," "Nouvelle-Zelande") . Data are missing with some. I am presenting an itinerary of the Venus, based on an early report of the voyage (1) . Others may find this list useful when designating type localities for Valenciennes' species. The place names are translated into modern English usage, with the French equivalent given in parentheses when notably different. Arrival and departure dates are given when known. An asterisk (*) marks those localities of uncertain chronology. I am especially doubtful of when the Venus could have visited Easter Island in the Pacific, if indeed "He de Paques" refers to that place. The ship probably did not stop actually at some of those localities listed below with- out dates. Localities: Arrival and Departure Dates Departed from Brest, France Dec. 29,1836 Santa Cruz de Tenerife, Canary Is. Jan. 9-10, 1837 Rio de Janeiro, Brasil Feb. 4-16 Sailed around Cape Horn March 21 Valparaiso, Chile April 26-May 13 Callao, Chile May 25-June 2 October, 1960 NAUTILUS 67 Honolulu, Hawaii *?Krusenstern Rock, Hawaii Avacha Bay, Kamchatka Monterey and San Francisco, Calif. Guadalupe Island, Mexico Magdalena Bay, Lower Calif. Mazatlan, Mexico San Bias, Mexico Acapulco, Mexico *?Easter Is. ("ile de Paques") *Juan Fernandez Is. (off Chile) *San Felix ^ San Ambrosio Is. Valparaiso, Chile Callao, Peru Paita, Peru Galapagos Is. Marquesas Is. Papeete, Tahiti Is. & Tubuai-Manu Is., Society Is. *Maria Island ("Hul") , Tubuai Is. *Mangaia and Rarotonga Is., Cook Is. Bay of Islands, New Zealand Port Jackson, New South Wales Passed south of Tasmania Reunion Island ("ile de Bourbon") , Indian Ocean False Bay, Union of South Africa Saint Helena Is. Ascension Is. Arrived at Brest, France July 9-25 Aug. Oct. 30-Sept. 18-Nov. 15 14 Nov. 25-Dec. 7 Dec. 12-18 Dec. 20-27 Jan. 7-24, 1838 Mar." May June 18-Apr. 10-? 6-17 28 June 21-July 15 (after Aug. 14) Aug. 29-Sept. 17 Oct. 11 -Nov. 14 Nov. 23-Dec. 18 Jan. 6, 1839 March 5-9 Mar. . 29-Apr. 22 May May Jum 7-11 16 ; 24, 1839 2. References Beautemps-Beaupre (C.F.) , (H.M.D.) de blainville, and E. de Beaumont, 1840. Rapport sur les travaux scientifiques exe- cutes pendant le voyage de la fregate la Venus, commandee par M. le capitaine de vaisseau Du-Petit-Thouars. Comptes Rendu Acad. Sci., Paris. 7/(8)298-343. Valenciennes, (A), 1846^ In M. A. Du-Petit-Thouars. Voyage Autour du Monde sur la Fregate la Venus Pendant les Annes 1836-1839. Atlas de Zoologie, Mollusques, pi. 1, 1 bis, 2, 2 bis, 3, 3 bis, 4-24. 1 The title page is dated 1846. Sherborn accepted that date for all the new species, having evidence that publication of the plates was completed that year (letter to W. H. Dall and pasted in a copy of the atlas in the U. S. National Museum) . A note in Revue zoologique, Paris, 9, Fev. 1846, p. 82, states that the plates were issued in fascicles [dated?] of five and that 26 of the molluscan plates had apr^eared. Very likely some fascicles containing molluscan plates were issued before 1846. 68 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2) 3. Lamy, E., 1922. Revision des Carditacea vivants du Museum national d'Histoire naturelle de Paris. Jour, de Conch. ^^;21 8-368, pi. 7-8. 4. Fisher-Piette, E. and J. Beigbeder, 1943. Catalogue des types de gasteropodes marins conserves au Laboratoire de Malacol- ogie. 1 and 3. Bull. Mus. nat. Hist. Paris, (2 ser.) 15(4):203- 209; (6):429-436. THE GENUS BULIMULUS IN SOUTHERN TEXAS By LESLIE HUBRIGHT Because of their habit of estivating on the vegetation, the land snails of the genus Bulimiilus are the most conspicuous species in southern Texas. Their white shells stand out against the darker background of shrubs or fence posts. One has but to drive along the highway to locate colonies. As a result, material for study is easily obtained, and the author obtained a large series of collec- tions of this genus. Study of this material has indicated a need to revise the status of some of the subspecific names, and to give additional information on their ranges. Bulimulus schiedeanus (Pfeiffer) . This species is known in the United States only from the lower Big Bend region in the vicinity of Terlingua, Brewster County. Bulimulus alternatus (Say) . This species is common in southern Texas, ranging north to near Woodsboro in Refugio County, thence northwestward to near Elmendorf in Bexar County and westward to Marfa, Presidio County. In the vicinity of Roma and Falcon Dam, the shells are small, thick, with a well developed columellar tooth, and the interior of the shell deep brown. Away from this center the shells become larger, thinner, and the tooth becomes very small or wanting. Along the northern and western limits of the range the shells are large, moderately thin, without a columellar tooth, and the in- terior usually rather pale yellowish-brown. In the vicinity of Port Isabel, Cameron County, shells are very thin and toothless, and are not distinguishable from typical B. alternatus. In Brooks and Kenedy Counties, there is a variety in which the shells are large with a distinctly shorter spire. In view of this variation, it does not seem practical to retain the subspecific name mariae. Shells from the lower Rio Grande Valley are usually more highly colored than shells from farther west, but this appears to October, 1960 nautilus 69 be due to the presence of shade. The absence of color appears to be due to fading. Snails living in full sun are usually white, while those living in the shade are often strongly colored. The brightest shells were found under rubbish in dumps and in culverts. Normally this species climbs onto the shrubs in the summer, when the ground becomes too hot to stand on barefooted during the day, and they remain there until frost. But some colonies remain underground, coming out only at night after rains. Usually they are found on all the different kinds of plants which are growing in the area occupied by the colony. But some colonies are found only on the shrubs and not on the cactus, while other colonies are found on the cactus but not on the shrubs. One col- ony was found abundant on the fenceposts but not on the nearby plants. Colonies usually do not cover an area larger than an av- erage city block. One will find a colony along a roadside and then drive for several miles through country where the soil and vegeta- tion appear the same before finding another colony. Why they are not found more evenly distributed is one of many puzzling fea- tures of this species. Bulimulus mooreanus (Pfeiffer) . The southern limit of the range of this species corresponds very closely with the northern limit of B. alternatus. There is very little overlap of the two ranges. Like B. alternatus, it estivates upon the bushes, and colonies are quite conspicuous. It differs from B. dealbatus in being larger and having a white, unvar- iegated shell. Bulimulus mooreanus pecosensis Pilsbry Sc Ferriss. This is a western subspecies of B. mooreanus, differing in hav- ing more rounded, more loosely coiled whorls. It is known from Sutton, Val Verde, Crockett, and Pecos Counties, and also was found in Indian kitchen middens in Coryell County, and in loess in Bexar County. Bulimulus dealbatus (Say) . This species is common over most of southern Texas but is absent from Kleberg, Kenedy, Willacy, Cameron, and Hidalgo Counties. Westward it extends to Kinney County. Unlike B. mooreanus it does not remain above ground during the day, except during wet weather. As a result, it is not as frequently col- lected. It is quite common within the range of B. mooreanus in Bexar, Comal, Hays, and Guadalupe Counties, although reported 70 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2) as absent from this area by Pilsbry (Land Mollusca of North America II, p. 13). Culverts are the best places to find living specimens during dry weather. Bulimulus dealhatus ragsdalei Pilsbry. This subspecies is found along the western edge of the range of B. dealbatus. In southern Texas, it is found in Val Verde, Crockett, Terrell, Pecos, and Brewster Counties. There was no intergradation in the specimens which I have seen and ragsdalei may prove to be a distinct species. Hybridization in Bulimulus: Genetic barriers appear weak in our species of Bulimulus, and probably all will hybridize to some degree when living together. The principal barrier to hybridiza- tion appears to be ecological isolation. It is unusual for two species to live together. Bulimulus schiedeanus X Bulimulus alternatus. In a loess deposit near Terlingua, Brewster County, where both species were found fossil, one hybrid specimen was collected. Bulimulus alternatus X Bulimulus dealbatus. Several shells were found in places where the two species oc- curred together which were intermediate and which may be hybrids. Bulimulus mooreanus X Bulimulus dealbatus. In the upland, there is some subtile difference in habitat which keeps these two species apart. But in the floodplains of streams where the snails can be washed about by floods, hybrid colonies are frequent. They are especially abundant in the floodplain of the Colorado River. These hybrids are very beautiful shells, being large as in B. mooreanus but with more rounded whorls, white, variegated with brownish and translucent streaks. Occasionally a shell is found which is entirely translucent. MUSSELS FROM THE ANGEL SITE, INDIANA By PAUL W. PARMALEE Illinois State Museum, Springfield The deposition of fresh-water mussel shells (plus vertebrate remains) in midden heaps and refuse pits by prehistoric Indians has provided archaeologists with a knowledge of their food habits. To the zoologist, a sample of mollusks from a particular archaeo- logical site may often serve as an index to the early environment of the local area once occupied. One of the most comprehensive October, 1960 nautilus 71 studies of this type was presented by Morrison (1942), while more recent ecological investigations of naiad remains from Illinois sites have been made by Matteson (1953; 1958) and Par- malee (1956) . With the gradual acquisition and study of addi- tional collections of these old shells, a more accurate picture may be formed of the early appearances of the streams and rivers in this midwest region and their naiad complex. Excavation of the Angel Site, the largest Middle Mississippi site (1,100-1,550 A.D.?) in Indiana, began in 1939, and, with but few exceptions, summer field work has been continued through 1959. The site (now included in a 450 acre State Memorial) is located on the north bank of the Ohio River, approximately 2i/^ miles west of Newburgh, Vanderburgh County. Although the site was situated directly on the Ohio River, it was completely screened from the main channel by "Three Mile Island" (Black, 1944) . There appears to have been a (spring- fed?) creek that surrounded the north, east, and west limits of the village; thus, with the Ohio River as the south border, the village and mounds were advantageously situated on an island that provided an im- mediately available source of game as well as natural protection. Mr. Glenn A. Black, Newburgh, Indiana, has been in charge of the archaeological investigations at the Angel Site since they were initiated in 1939, and I would like to thank him, and the Indiana Historical Society, for permission to study the mollusk remains. I am also indebted to Dr. Henry van der Schalie, Curator of Mollusks, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, for identifying certain specimens. A total of 5,549 com- plete and/or fragmentary valves were identified, and the 31 species represented are listed in Table I. Table I The species of Fresh-water Mussels Identified from the Angel Site, Vanderburgh County, Indiana. 1939-1958. No. of Species ' Valves Pleurobema codatum, small niggerhead 2782 Fusconaia ebenus, niggerhead 1466 Elliptio dilatatus, spike 586 Cyclinonaias tuherculata, purple warty-back 424 Elliptio crassidens, elephant's ear 411 Obovaria retusa 160 Quadrula metanevra, monkey-face 113 Plethobasus cictricosus, sheep's-nose 105 Ligumia recta, black sand shell 82 72 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2) Dysnomia perplexa 60 Amblema peruviana, blue-point 55 Lampsilis ovata, pocketbook 51 Obovaria subrotunda 40 Plagiola lineolata, butterfly 38 Plethobdsus cyphyus, sheep's-nose 38 Cyprogenea irrorata 29 Obovaria olivaria, hickory-nut 16 Lampsilis orbiculata 14 Quadrula qiiadrula, maple-leaf 13 Dysnomia sampsoni 13 Megalonaias gigantea, washboard 12 Dysnomia flexuosa 12 Proptera alata, pink heel-splitter 6 Qiiadrula cylindrica, rabbit's-foot 5 Tritogonia verrucosa, buckhorn 4 Quadrula pustulosa, pimple-back 3 Dysnomia sulcata 3 Dysnomia triquetra 2 Obliquaria reflexa, three-horned warty-back 2 Lasmigona costata, fluted shell 2 Actinonaias carinata, mucket 2 In addition to the large quantity of mussels recovered at this site, a limited number (330) of gastropods were represented, pri- marily those of the genera Mesodon, Triodopsis, Mesomphix, Pleurocera and Campeloma, with shells of Mesodon elevatus com- prising 33% of the total. All are local forms, and, since no definite caches or other evidence of collecting by the Indian were noted, these snails probably were not eaten. Unlike the quantity and variety of species found at Cahokia (Parmalee, 1958) , a Middle Mississippi site in western Illinois that is contemporaneous with the Angel Site, marine mollusks were rare at this site. Almost without exception, valves recovered at the Angel Site were, in proportion to the particular species, thick and heavy. The naiad complex represented here is one characteristic of a large-river environment, and the majority of the specimens cer- tainly must have come from the Ohio River. Valves of Pleuro- bema cordatum were encountered in the largest numbers, and they amounted to 50% of the identified shells. Between 70 and 80% of these were referable to the form P. c. pyramidatum, a sub- species associated with rivers of large size. Numerous large speci- mens of the true cordatum and of P. c. coccineum, a subspecies that differs ecologically from the higher forms in that it normally inhabits smaller streams, were also present. However, these were October, 1960 nautilus 73 probably collected in the shoals (particularly in the section once known as "Scuffletown Bar") that formerly existed, before con- struction of navigation locks and dams, immediately above and below the site. The second most numerous shell was the common niggerhead which is typically found in deep water; the abundance of this mussel, like other deep-water species such as Elliptio crassidens, Obovaria retusa, Quadrula metanevra, Plethobasus spp. and Megalonaias gigantea, may be interpreted as reflecting periods of unusually low water in the river. Elliptio dilatatus (10% of the total) occurs in shallows as well as at considerable depths, but judging from the size and thickness of the shells from this site, most specimens had inhabited moderately deep water. It is of interest to note that shells of Obovaria retusa, ". . . . the rarest of the three species of Obovaria in Indiana" (Goodrich and van der Schalie, 1944) , were 10 times more numerous than the presently common O. olivaria. Shells of 4 of the 5 species of Quadrula found in Indiana were recovered, but only those of Q_. metanevra can be considered even moderately common. Remains of Quadrula were not uncommon in archaeological sites in southern Illinois (Parmalee, 1956) and, except for Q. cylindrica, the species are presently well represented in the lower Wabash and Ohio rivers. A similar status may be applied to Amblema peruviana. Considering the other species found by the Indian, the river environment should have been fa- vorable for large beds of these forms as well. Probably mussels were collected in proportion to their abundance and availability, and, although certain species such as A. peruviana were locally abundant in the river, they were not common in those sections searched by the Indian. This may also explain the absence of Fusconaia undata from the Angel Site; the "pigtoe" is common in the lower Wabash and Ohio rivers today. Several species considered rare in the rivers of southern Indiana today were apparently uncommon to rare in prehistoric times also, judging by the paucity of remains from archaeological sites. Fourteen valves of Lampsilis orbiculata were identified from the Angel Site material; although a widely distributed species in the larger rivers, it is seldom collected. Dysnomia perplexa was the most abundant representative of the genus found at Angel Site, although D. triquetra is presently the most common form oc- 74 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2) curring in Indiana, but is least numerous at the site. The other 3 species (sampsoni, sulcata, fiexuosa) totaled less than one % (28 valves) , and today are considered as rare shells in the state (Good- rich and van der Schalie, 1944) . One of the most noteworthy finds in the mollusk sample from the Angel Site was the 105 valves of Plethobasus cictricosus. Goodrich and van der Schalie (op. cit.) state "This is a relatively rare species in Indiana. It has thus far been found only in the Wabash River." The quantity of valves recovered at this site indicates an established population of P. cicatricosus in this sec- tion of the Ohio River in prehistoric times, and suggests a more extensive range than is now known. Only one head-water form, Lasmigona costata, was recovered, although it also occasionally is found in the larger portions of a river. The almost total predominance of deepwater species at the Angel Site is somewhat unusual, considering the difficulty that normally would be thought of in collecting them. Possibly the water level of the river normally became low enough in late sum- mer and early fall to facilitate the gathering of such forms as P. cordatum, F. ehenus and E. crassidens, species usually found at considerable depths. The physical nature of that section of Ohio River in which the Indians obtained mussels is reflected, to some degree, by the species represented. Although somewhat variable as to the kind of habitat required by each species, those found in the greatest number indicate a former gravel coarse-sand bottom with con- siderable river current. With the advent of pollution, silting, and the construction of navigation dams and locks, these formerly extensive mussel beds have been destroyed. The large numbers of fresh-water mussels, which inhabited that section of Ohio River adjacent to the Angel Site, provided the Indian with an abundant and easily obtainable source of food. Literature cited Black, Glenn A. 1944. Angel Site, Vanderburgh County, Indiana. Indiana Hist. Soc, Indianapolis, 521 pp. Goodrich, Calvin, and Henry van der Schalie. 1944. A Revision of the Mollusca of Indiana. Amer. Mid. Nat., i2(2):257-326. Matteson, Max R. 1953. Fresh-water mussels Used by Illinoian Indians of the Hopewell Culture. Naut. ^^(4): 130-1 38, and 67(l):25-26. 1958. Analysis of an environment as suggested by shells of October, 1960 nautilus 75 fresh-water mussels discarded by Indians of Illinois. Trans. 111. Acad. Sci., 5i(3 & 4):8-13. Morrison, J. P. E. 1942. Preliminary report on mollusks Found in the shell mounds of the Pickwick Landing basin in the Ten- nessee River valley. Smiths. Instit., Bur. Amer. Ethn., Bull. 129, pp. 341-392. Parmalee, Paul W. 1956. A comparison of past and present popu- lations of fresh-water mussels in southern Illinois. Trans. 111. Acad. Sci., ^P;184-192. 1958. Marine shells of Illinois Indian sites. Naut. 7i(4):132- 139. NEW PALLIFERA (PANCALYPTUS) FROM ARIZONA By CHARLES D. MILES and ALBERT R. MEAD During the summer of 1910, Henry A. Pilsbry, James H. Fer- riss, and L. E. Daniels collected land snails in the Santa Rita Mountains, located 40 miles south of Tucson, in southern Ari- zona. An account of this trip appeared in 1915 (Pilsbry and Ferriss) , in which their route was traced starting at the western base of the range in Agua Caliente Canyon, then up and over the summit north of Mt. Wrightson (Old Baldy) and down the eastern slope. A list of species of snails collected, with their localities, appeared in this paper. Although slugs were not men- tioned in the 1915 report, Pilsbry (1917) later stated that several slugs had been found during their 1910 trip into the Santa Ritas and three of the slugs were assigned to the genus Philomycus. He noted that this was a new record for Arizona and that this locality was more than 1,000 miles southwest of any record for the genus in the United States. Pilsbry named the slug Philo- mycus (Pallifera) arizonensis. In 1948, Pilsbry stated that the slugs collected in 1910 had been subsequently lost or misplaced and that "in the absence of a sufficient description, it can hardly claim a place among known species" (Pilsbry, 1948:770). The only description of P. arizon- ensis is as follows: "Color, above bister, below snuff brown (in alcohol) . Jaw with few ribs. It is 20 mm. long, the sole 1.8 mm. wide. Ribs of the jaw extremely weak" (loc. cit.). The type local- ity is Camperel Canyon, on the eastern slope of the Santa Rita Mountains, at an elevation of 6800 feet. In August, 1957, Miles found several slugs belonging to the genus Pallifera in Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mountains, at an elevation of 6400 feet. This site is near the type locality for 76 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2) Philomycus arizonensis Pilsbry, although situated on the west side of Mt. Wrightson, rather than on the east. Probably these slugs represent Pilsbry's lost species. Additional specimens have been collected since then. An anatomical examination revealed the fact that this species of Pallifera must be assigned to the subgenus Pancalyptus, which Pilsbry (1948) established to em- brace Pallifera costaricensis alticola H. B. Baker and probably "all Philomycidae in tropical America, from Mexico to Co- lumbia" (op. cit., p. 750) . This subgenus differs from the typical eastern North American Pallifera in that the duct of the sperma- theca is not enlarged and the free oviduct is very short. During the several years extending from 1951 until the date of the Madera Canyon discovery (1957) , Mead had collected a total of 10 slugs belonging to Pallifera from two localities in the Santa Catalina Mountains, 50 miles north of the Santa Ritas. Additional specimens have been collected recently and a com- parison made with the Santa Rita slugs. Although the internal anatomy of specimens from the two ranges seem indistinguish- able, there are consistent external differences that warrant sub- specific treatment. The question of whether the slugs inhabiting Madera Canyon are conspecific with Pilsbry's Philomycus arizonensis may never be answered, unless the lost type material comes to light. We are tempted to conclude in the affirmative, but the possibility that two or more species of Pallifera exist in the Santa Ritas cannot be discounted. Consequently, in the absence of type material and because of what Pilsbry himself admitted was an inadequate description, we consider Philomycus (Pallifera) arizonensis Pils- bry a nomen dubium, and accordingly, here describe the slug recently found inhabiting the Santa Catalina and Santa Rita mountains as a new species. Pallifera (Pancalyptus) pilsbryi, new species. PI. 5 (Jan., 1961) Philomycus (Pallifera) arizonensis Pilsbry, 1917, Nautilus, 50:119; 1948, Mon. Land Moll. North America, 2(2):770. [?] Type Locality: Bear Wallow, Santa Catalina Mountains, Pima Co., Arizona. Elevation ca. 7600 feet. Beneath logs and in decayed logs. This slug has also been collected in Marshall Gulch at 7800 feet in the same range. Type lot: Holotype (dissected) and one paratype (undissected) collected 25 July, 1960, depos- ited in the California Academy of Sciences; one paratype col- October, 1960 nautilus 77 lected 23 October, 1955, deposited Acad. Nat. Sci. of Philadel- phia; and two paratypes (dissected) have been retained in the Museum of Invertebrate Zoology at the University of Arizona. Living Animal: Up to 30 mm. in length, although most speci- mens have ranged from 15 to 19 mm. when crawling; 2.5 mm. wide in the largest specimen. Sole considerably narrower, 0.8 mm. wide in a specimen whose width was 2 mm. when crawling. Mantle covers the entire body except the posterior tip of foot. The head is usually not visible when the animal is active, only the tentacles protrude from beneath the mantle. Color is brown with a faint grayish cast. A very fine, light gray stippling is present dorsally and laterally on the anterior (mainly) and posterior portions of the mantle and may be present in small clusters or in single dots anywhere along the mantle. This fine stippling varies with the individual, but is always present. Tenta- cles dark gray to black, immaculate. Color of the sole is light gray, possessing rust-colored pigmentation on the surface from the anterior tip posteriorly to about the level of the pneumo- stome; this rust-colored pigmentation then extends posteriorly only along the margins of the sole of the entire length of the animal, becoming fainter posteriorly. The pneumostome appears as a whitish groove slanting dorsoposteriad, situated about 2 mm. from the anterior end of the mantle on the right side. Genitalia: Vagina and genital atrium are light yellow in color, the walls of both composed of glandular alveoli which differ strikingly from other portions of the genitalia. The penis, which lacks a verge, is narrower than the vagina and is swollen distally; a muscular sheath encloses the thinner walled, basal third of this organ, but not the vas deferens. The penis and sheath constrict somewhat near the genital atrium. Ovotestis dark gray, partly embedded in the digestive gland on the right side midway the length of the animal. Hermaphroditic duct cream colored, im- maculate, sinuous but not convoluted. Spermatheca light gray, oval, situated between the anterior portions of stomach and di- gestive gland, attached to the uterus by connective tissue. Prostate white, relatively large. Duct of the spermatheca of equal diameter throughout its length; its diameter is about equal to that of the vas deferens and is considerably smaller in diameter than either the vagina or free oviduct. The free oviduct is very short. Jaw: The color is golden brown (in fresh material) and pos- sesses the peculiar chitinization of the retractor, (simulating the condition in the Succineidae) mentioned by Baker (1930) in connection with Pallifera costaricensis alticola and P. c. crosseana. The ribs are poorly developed; 4 and 5 have been seen. The jaw of one specimen lacked ribs. Fine longitudinal striations are evident on the chitinized portion of the retractor. That the affinities of this species are with the subgenus 78 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2) Pancalyptiis is evident from the very slender spermathecal duct and the short free oviduct. Its nearest known relative is P. costaricensis alticola H. B. Baker, from which it differs in its considerably smaller size, in color and in lack of definite mantle markings. P. c. alticola possesses a light golden dorsum which bears jet-black lateral and mid-dorsal stripes. Pallifera pilsbryi santaritana, new subspecies. Type locality: Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mountains, Santa Cruz Co., Arizona. Elevation ca. 6400 feet. Beneath rocks and logs on the west side of the canyon about 1.5 miles up the trail to Mt. Wrightson. Type lot: Holotype (dissected) collected 2 August, 1960, and one paratype (undissected) collected 13 July, 1960, deposited in the California Academy of Sciences; and one paratype (dissected) collected 13 July, 1960, has been retained in the Museum of Invertebrate Zoology at the University of Arizona. This slug differs from P. pilsbryi pilsbryi of the Santa Cata- linas in two consistent characteristics of external morphology. In life, the color is dark gray, with little or no trace of brown which characterizes the nominate subspecies. Furthermore, the rust- colored pigmentation on the margins of the sole extends pos- teriorly only about one-third the length of the animal in P. p. santaritana, while in the nominate subspecies this pigmentation extends the entire length. By using living animals from both mountain ranges, these two subspecies may be easily distin- guished. There appears to be no differences in the internal an- atomy of the two subspecies. Literature cited Baker, H. Burrington. 1930. Mexican Mollusks collected for Dr. Bryant Walker in 1926. Pt. 2. Occas. Pap. Mus. Zool., Univ. Michigan, no. 220, pp. 1-45, 5 pis. Pilsbry, Henry A. 1917. Philomycus in Arizona. Naut. 5^(10): 119. 1948. Land Mollusca of North America. Mon. 3, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 2(2), xlvii + 592 pp., 585 figs. and James H. Ferriss. 1915. Mollusca of the Southwestern States, VIL The Dragoons, Mule, Santa Rita, Baboqui- vari, and Tucson Ranges, Arizona. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, ^7:363-418. 8 pis., 8 figs. TWENTY-SIXTH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE AMERICAN MALACOLOGICAL UNION The A.M.U. met at Montreal, Canada, from August 9 to 12, 1960. The principal meetings were held in the auditorium of the Redpath Museum of McGill University, at the northern base of October, 1960 nautilus 79 the mount which gives the city its name. In all, 96 signed the register, in addition to our hosts. Welcome to Montreal was given by Alice J. Turnham, Director of the McGill University Museums, and President Katherine Van Winkle Palmer re- sponded for the A.M.U. This was followed by memorial tributes to Philip P. Carpenter, from the California Academy of Sciences (read by Albert R. Mead) , from the British Museum (read by Ruth D. Turner) and from the Smithsonian Institution and U. S. National Museum (read by Harald A. Rehder) . Mrs. Palmer presided charmingly over the following papers and talks: "Resume of life of Philip P. Carpenter and brief description of the Redpath Museum shell collections," Vincent Conde "Small beginnings," Adlai B. Wheel, Sr. "Natural history museums of Europe," Ruth D. Turner. "Behaviour studies an aid to tax- onomy as exemplified by Limax poirieri/' Edward J. Karlin. "Paper chromatography in systematic research," John B. Burch. "Problems of monographing a genus," S, C. Hollister. "Some South African ischnochitons," Virginia Orr. "The bivalve gas- tropod and the opisthobranchs," William J. Clench. "Notes on the bivalved univalves," Joseph P. E. Morrison. "Structure, zoo- geography, and evolution of the abyssal mollusk fauna," Arthur H. Clarke, Jr. "Shallow-water mollusks of eastern Canada," E. L. Bousfield. "Shell collecting in the Netherlands Antilles," H. E. Coomans, "A soil protozoan infecting land snails," John B. Burch. (By title: "Chemoreception in fresh-water pulmonate snails," Edward H. Michelson.) "Evolution of non-marine mol- lusks in the Cretaceous and Tertiary of western Canada," L. S. Russell. "Changes in the gastropod populations in the Salt Fork of the Big Vermilion River in Illinois, 1918-1959," Ralph W. Dexter. "The molluscan fauna of pluvial Lake Bonneville," Ernest J. Roscoe. "Rediscovery of Pilsbry's Philomycus (Pallifera) arizonensis," Charles D. Miles and Albert R. Mead. "Desert, jungle and laboratory — Activities of a museum malacologist," Alan Solem. "Remarks concerning the benefits of systematic and repetitive collecting from navigation buoys," Arthur S. Merrill. "How I collect Sphaeriidae," H. B. Herrington. "Heilprin's Caloosahatchee Horizon shells," Lula B. Siekman. "Collecting in Cuba," Vincent Conde. "Thailand experiences," Albert R. Mead. At the Thursday afternoon business meeting, where Dr. Ruth D. Turner acted as temporary secretary,^ the following were elected officers for 1960-61: 1 Due to a fatal sickness in her family, Margaret C. Teskey was unable to come to Montreal and any errors in this account are my mistakes. — H.B.B. 80 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2) President, Thomas E. Pulley. Vice-president, William K. Em- erson. Second Vice-president, Chairman-incumbent, A.M.U. Pa- cific Division, Howard R. Hill. Secretary-Treasurer, Margaret C. Teskey. Publications Editor, George M. Moore. Councillors-at- Large, Dorothea Franzen, Juan Parodiz, Gilbert Voss and An- thony D'Attilio. Announcement was made that the council had accepted the invitation of the U. S. National Museum to hold the 1961 meeting in Washington, D. C., that Dr. Fritz Haas had been added to the list of Honorary Life Members, and that S. Stillman Berry had been elevated to Honorary Life President. Other features of the meeting were: The informal symposium on Tuesday evening, presided over by Arthur H. Clarke, Jr., and assisted by Anthony D'Attilio and members of the New York Shell Club. Movies of Australian reef marine life, given Wednes- day evening at the University de Montreal, and introduced by Dr. Edouard Page, Director of its Department of Biology. Movies on "Between the tides," courtesy of McGill University Museums. And, an informal visit to the Arctic Institute of North America. Thursday evening, following a delightful cocktail party, given at the Royal Victoria Dormitory, by the McGill University Mu- seums, the annual banquet was held at the Helene de Champlain, L'ile Ste. Helene. After short talks by Col. P. D. Baird and other members of the staffs of the McGill University Museums and Biology Department, and of the Universite de Montreal Biology Department, the principal speaker, Dr. Loris S. Russell, National Museum of Canada, gave an interesting address on "Montreal — Natural and unnatural history." Friday morning, automobiles and a bus transported those making the field trip to the McGill University Preserve of Mont St. Hilaire, in the Monteregian Hills. Col. P. D. Baird was the host; and box lunches were eaten along Lac Hertel near Gault Lodge. Land and fresh-water collecting was enjoyed. On the way, a stop was made at nearby gravel-pits, where fossil bivalves and barnacles from the Post-Glacial Champlain Sea were numerous. The late afternoon return to the Royal Victoria Dormitory, where most visitors had excellent rooms and enjoyed meals at the fine cafeteria, rang the curtain down on the twenty-sixth annual meeting. — Margaret C. Teskey, Secretary-Treasurer. October, 1960 nautilus 81 NOTES AND NEWS Department of Living Invertebrates re-established at the American Museum — The American Museum of Natural History recently announced the re-establishment of the Department of Living Invertebrates with Dr. William K. Emerson as chairman and malacologist. The department had been de-activated since World War II. The new department is responsible for the recent invertebrates, exclusive of insects, and includes 7 permanent mem- bers. Working on mollusks, in addition to Dr. Emerson, are Dr. H. E. Coomans, Research Fellow and William E. Old, Jr., tech- nical assistant. Dr. William J. Clench (Harvard University) is a Research Associate in Malacology. Dr. Coomans, with the able assistance of Mr. Old, is rearrang- ing the molluscan collection of more than 80,000 catalogued lots according to a modern classification. The work of Dr. Coomans, who studied under Mrs, W. S. S. van der Feen-van Benthem Jut- ting at the Amsterdam Museum and formerly was associated with the Caribbean Marine Biological Institute at Curacao, is being supported by a grant from the National Science Foundation. Bill Old, an avid student of conchology, will undertake a newly organ- ized program of exchanges. — R.T.A. CoNus Mus Bruguiere, 1792, should be added to the fauna of the eastern Pacific. Specimens of this well known Caribbean species have been received on numerous occasions from Panama Bay mixed with Conus gladiator Broderip, 1833, but I have been reluctant to confirm the range extension until I had definite and dependable collecting data. Mr. Harris P. Dawson, Jr., collected a number of specimens in March, 1960, from "Panama Bay, under rocks at lowest tide off Veracruz village beach." These shells are identical with the specimens from the Caribbean. I am indebted to Mr. Anthony DAttilio for his advice on comparison of the two species. The coloring of Conus mus consists of a brown shading over a blue gray ground color; the spiral whorls have 4 incised striae. The coloring of Conus gladiator is that of a white shell with brown shading, and the spiral whorls have but two strong spiral chords. There is also a somewhat greater convexity of the body whorl on Conus mus. 82 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2) The taxonomy of this species is, as might be expected, a matter of mild controversy. Dr. William J. Clench in "Johnsonia," no. 6, p. 7, placed Conus mus Bruguiere, 1792 (or Hwass if you pre- fer) in the synonymy of Conus citrinus Gmelin, 1791. This is no doubt technically correct, but some of us are reluctant to aban- don the name Conus mus, a name under which the species has been known for generations. — John Q. Burch, 4206 Halldale Ave., Los Angeles 62. Cepaea nemoralis (Linne) from Newport, Rhode Island. — A small colony of this species has been found recently (1959) in an abandoned quarry near the Rogers High School in Newport. The colony is small but it might well persist in such a locality. I am indebted to Mr. J. J. Mahoney Jr. for this record, which is the first from Rhode Island as far as can be determined. — William J. Clench. Beach drift land snails from southern Texas (exclusive of Polygyridae) — The Polygyridae of the Texas beach drift were treated in a previous paper (Pilsbry, H. A. 8c L., Hubricht, 1956. Naut. <5P:93-96, PI. 5) . The present paper lists the rest of the land snails which were collected there. Dr. Joseph C. Bequaert identi- fied most of the Mexican species. As in the first paper, the abbreviations BC, Pla, and PIb are used for the three localities, followed by the number of specimens collected. Thysanophora horni (Gabb) , BC-5, Pla-1. Bulimulus alternatus mariae (Albers) , BC-3, PIa-3, PIb-1. Holospira roemeri (Pfr.) , BC-8, PIa-1, PIb-1. Holospira montivaga Pils., PIa-1. Lamellaxis mexicanus (Pfr.), BC-5, PIa-1, PIb-1. Synopeas heckianum (Pfr.) , PIa-1 2, PIb-2. Cecilioides acicula (Miill.) , PIa-1. Euconulus chersinus trochulus (Reinh.) , BC-5. Guppya gundlachi (Pfr.) , BC-3. Retinella indentata paucilirata (Morelet) , PIb-1. Hawaiia minuscula (Binn.) , BC-10, PIb-3. Anguispira strongylodes (Pfr.) (= A. crassa Walker), PIb-1. Helicodiscus parellelus (Say) , PIa-2. Helicodiscus eigenmanni Pils., BC-2. Helicodiscus singleyanus (Pils.) , BC-2. Succinea luteola Gould, PIb-5. This species has a much too open aperature to drift in the sea. They were probably native to October, 1960 nautilus Padre Island, although none was found alive. Strobilops labyrinthica (Say) , PIa-1, PIb-3. 5. texasiana (Pilsbry & Ferriss) , BC-5, PIa-1, PIb-4. Gastrocopta contracta (Say) , BC-75, PIa-8, PIb-4. G. tappaniana (C. B. Adams), BC-17, PIb-1. G. riograndensis (Pilsbry %z Vanatta) , BC-100. G. cristata (Pilsbry k Vanatta) , BC-50, PIa-1. G. pellucida hordeacella (Pilsbry), BC-20, PIb-1. Pupoides albilabris (C. B. Adams) , BC-25, PIa-1, Pib-1. Helicina chrysocheila Binney, BC-5, PIa-8, Pib-1 5. The record for this species from near the mouth of the Rio Grande, Texas (Pilsbry, H. A. 1948. Land MoUusca of North America, vol. II, page 1081) is based on two worn dead shells (William Lloyd, U.S.N.M. 123167) which have the appearance of beach drift shells. H. orbiculata (Say) and H. o. tropica Pfr., BC, Pla, PIb. These two forms occurred in about equal numbers with numerous intergrades. Next to Polygyra texasiana (Moricand) they were the most abundant shells. H. fragilis elata shuttleworth, BC-6, PIa-32, PIb-52. Lucidella lirata (Pfr.), BC-1, Pla-11, PIb-1. Lucidella sp. ?, PIa-1. This shell is a little larger than that of L. lirata (Diam. 4.5, Ht. 3 mm.) with strong radial ribs rather than spiral ribs. The aperture is somewhat expanded but is not thickened. — Leslie Hubricht. Hendersonia occulta fossil in Mississippi. — Hendersonia oc- culta (Say) was found fossil in the loess, near the junction of US- 49W and US-49E, 1 mile east of Yazoo City, Yazoo Co., Mis- sissippi. This is a substantial extension of the range of this species to the south. It was not previously known, living or fossil, south of Tennessee. Associated with it in the loess were the following species: Stenotrema barbatum (Clapp) , Stenotrema stenotrema (Pfr.) , Stenotrema leai aliceae (Pils.) , Mesodon zaletus (Binn.) , Triodopsis vulgata Pils., Triodopsis denotata (Fer.) , Triodopsis fosteri (F. C. Baker), Allogona profunda (Say), Haplotrema concavum (Say) , Ventridens ligerus (Say) , Zonitoides arboreus (Say) , Anguispira alternata (Say) , Discus patulus (Desh.) , Suc- cinea ovalis Say, Strobilops labyrinthica (Say) , Gastrocopta armi- fera (Say) , and Pomaitopsis lapidaria (Say) . — Leslie Hubricht. Bradybaena similaris (Fer.) in Mississippi and Alabama. — The author recently found this introduced snail abundant under old ties along the railroad at Laurel, Jones Co., Mississippi, and 84 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (2) in a garden in Livingston, Sumter Co., Alabama. The species was identified by Dr. Fritz Haas. — Leslie Hubricht. Some mollusks from Manitoba, Canada. — The 9th Interna- tional Botanical Congress that was held in Canada during Au- gust, 1959, offered excursions to many parts of Canada. Shells were collected from Winnipeg to Churchill along the Canadian Pacific Railroad tracks from August 7-14. For a description of the climate and topography of the Churchill region, reference is made to "Inland Mollusks from Hudson Bay, Manitoba" by Wm. J. Wayne, Naut. 72:90-95, 1959. Additions to Mr. Wayne's list of mollusks found about Churchill are Vertigo modesta, Lymnaea arctica, Gyraulus de- fiectus, and Aplexa hypnorum. The only stop of considerable length during the journey was at Wabowden, Manitoba. This town lies in a well forested area, abounding in lakes and bogs. Euconulus fulvus, Retinella electrina, Zonitoides arhoreus, Dis- cus cronkhitei, and Cionella lubrica were found in a softwood grove at the edge of Wabowden. On the stems of Typha and in the Sphagnum moss and mud of a bog, Lymnaea palustris, L. stagnalis, Gyraulus circumstriatus, G. defiectus, Armiger crista, Pro?nenetUs umhilicatellus, Aplexa hypnorum, Valvata lewisi and Pisidium casertanum were collected in considerable numbers. — Dorothy E. Beetle. Additional molluscan records for Albany County, Wyoming. — Mollusks previously unreported for Albany County, Wyoming, are as follows: Microphysula ingersolli (55-535) , Pole Mountain, South Fork Pole Creek, aspen grove. Punctum minutissimum (53-88) , same locality. Discus shimeki cocker elli (55-521) , Fence Creek at base of Sheep Mountain, aspen grove. Retinella electrina (56-281), Tie Siding, Texas Creek, willow thicket. Oxyloma decampi gouldi (56-120) , same locality. Succinea avara (57-384) , Laramie Mountains, aspen grove below Elephant Head. Galba obrussa (56-109), Medicine Bow Mountains, temporary pond below Lewis Lake. Gyraulus circumstriatus (55-529) , Pole Mountain, Middle Fork Pole, Creek, swampy area. October, 1960 nautilus iii Gyraulus parvus. Dr. Dwight W. Taylor has indicated the Wyo- ming material previously recorded as G. vermicularis and G. similaris should be included in the species, G. parvus. Physai anatina (55-505) , Fbxpark, Fox Creek at the railroad tracks. Physai smithiana (55-501), Medicine Bow Mountains, Lake Creek at Lake Creek Resort, muddy pond. Physa Integra (50-229) , Dale Creek at road from Hermosa to Sherman. Valvata lewisi, substitute for V. lewisi helicoidea. Sphaerium lacustre ryckholti (56-132) , Medicine Bow Mountains, Gramm, beaver pond. — Dorothy E. Beetle. PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED, 1959 Pages in italics include new taxons Carriker, Melbourne Romaine. Comparative functional mor- phology of the drilling mechanism in Urosalpinx and Eu- pleura. 25th Internat. Cong. Zool., Sect. 4, paper 27, 3 pp. The role of physical and biological factors in the culture of Crasso- strea and Mercenaria in a salt-water pond. Ecolog. Monogr. 25:219-266, 41 figs. Cintra, Horacio & H. de Souza Lopes. Sur la forme et quelques caracteristiques mathematiques des coquilles des gasteropodes. Rev. Brasil. Biol. i2.-l 85-200, 20 figs. 1952. Clarke, Arthur H., Jr. & Clifford O. Berg. The freshwater mussels of central New York, etc. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta., Mem. 367:19 pp., 7 pis. &: map. Dodge, Henry. A historical review of the mollusks of Linnaeus. Part 7, Certain species of the genus Turbo, etc. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 1 18:201 -2b%. |1.00. Drake, Robert J. Nonmarine molluscan remains from recent sedi- ments in Matty Canyon, Pima County, Arizona. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 55:146-154, 2 figs. Forcart, Lothar. Die systematische Stellung von Clausilia strobeli. Die palaearktischen Arten des Genus Columella. Verb. Naturf. Ges. Basel 69:161-\6S. 70:7-18, 3 figs. Grau, Gilbert. Pectinidae of the eastern Pacific. Allan Hancock Pac. Exped. 23:308 pp., 57 pis. $4.50. Univ. South. Calif. Press, Los Angeles. Haas, Fritz. Inland mollusks from Venezuela, southern Brazil, and Peru. Fieldiana, Zool. 39:363-371, figs. 60-64. Leonard, A. Byron. Handbook of gastropods in Kansas. Univ. Kas. Mus. Nat. Hist., Misc. Publ. 20:224 pp., 11 pis. & 87 figs. Medina, Nieves Pereira de. "Syrnolopsinae." Neotropica 5:51-55, fig. Melville, R. V. Proposed further use of the plenary powers in the case of the generic name Pleurocera Rafinesque, 1818 (Class Gastropoda) . Bull. Zool. Nomencl. 77:170-174. INDO-PACIFIC MOLLUSCA Monographs of the Marine Mollusks of the Tropical Western Pacific and Indian Oceans A new series devoted to taxonomic revisions o£ the marine mollusks found from East Africa to Polynesia and Japan to Australia. All species are illustrated either in full color, black- and-white photographs or line drawings. With descriptions, synonymies, anatomy, recent and Tertiary records, habitats, etc. Editor: R. Tucker Abbott; co-editors: William J. Clench and Harold A. Rehder. Vol. 1, no. 1 (Introduction and Vasidae) now available. VoL 1, no. 2 (Stromhidae, with 6 color plates) in press. Issued in pamphlet or loose leaf form. State preference. Attrac- tive, gold-stamped, post binder protects your copies, saves you cost of binding. $4.25 (foreign: add 50 cents) . Subscription: $5.00 per 100 pages. Not sent as a library exchange. Department of Mollusks, Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., Philadelphia 3, Pa., U.S.A. WILLIAM H. WEEKS SHELL COLLECTION: New lists now in preparation; full scientific data. Send name and address for free copies. Shells also wanted for purchase and exchange. George E. Jacobs, 853 Riverside Drive, New York, 32, N. Y. FOR SALE: MIOCENE FOSSILS. Over 100 varieties. Retail and wholesale list available on re- quest. Most marine fossils intact. Malicks, 5514 Plymouth Rd., Baltimore 14, Maryland. UNIVERSAL SHELLS Ready early in 1960 Nearly 300 pages, about 2,000 figures, some in color. First part: Cephalopoda, Gastropoda and Amphineura. Net $7.50. Second part will appear later. Order in advance to avoid disap- pointment. From the author: Maxwell Smith, P. O. Box 8295, Asheville, N. C. THE NAUTILUS Vol. 74 January, 1961 No. 3 REVIEW OF PYRAMIDELLID HOSTS, WITH NOTES ON AN ODOSTOMIA PARASITIC ON A CHITON By ROBERT ROBERTSON and VIRGINIA ORR Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia Pyramidellids are now well known as ectoparasites on poly- chaetes, gastropods and pelecypods. These opisthobranchs also feed on or occur with several other kinds of invertebrates, most of which are sessile or sedentary. This paper is a review of what is known of the associations of pyramidellids with inverte- brates other than polychaetes, gastropods and pelecypods. In addition, we include original observations on a South African pyramidellid which occurs on a chiton, presumably as a parasite. The degree of host specificity of several pyramidellids is low. Some species perhaps are not parasites, for they occur alive where no hosts seem to be available for them. Sanders (1958) considered an unidentified species of Turbonilla which lives in Buzzards Bay, Massachusetts, to be a deposit feeder because it is remark- ably abundant relative to the other invertebrates with which it occurs. However, no direct observations on feeding were made and the possibility that this Turbonilla is a non-specific parasite was not taken into account. Even the discovery of a pyramidellid "on" or "with" another invertebrate does not mean necessarily that the invertebrate in question is host to the pyramidellid. Pyramidellids which are found on the backs of Haliotis shells probably parasitize the serpulids and other polychaetes which are present there rather than the gastropod itself. The only reliable records of parasitic relationships are those in which a pyramidellid has been seen to feed. The present review should serve as a guide for future field and laboratory studies. No doubt other kinds of hosts remain to be discovered. The names adopted for the European pyramidellids which are mentioned in this paper are those used by Winck worth (1932) in his list of British marine moUusks. 85 86 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3) Dr. Gunnar Thorson (Marine Biological Laboratory, Gronnehave, Helsingor, Denmark) has kindly allowed us to include in this paper some of the unpublished observations which he has made on pyramidellids along the southwest coast of Sweden and in eastern Denmark. Sponges. According to Fretter & Graham (1949) sponge spi- cules were found in the gut of Odostomia (Odostomia) plicata (Montagu) at Plymouth, England. They suggest that this species, which is found in association with a polychaete, may feed on a sponge. CoELENTERATES. Menestho (Liostomia) clavula (Loven) was discovered off the southwest coast of Sweden with Pennatula, a sea pen (Loven, 1846). At Plymouth, Turbonilla (Pyrgisculus) jeffreysii (Forbes Sc Hanley) [possibly a subspecies of T. scalaris (Philippi) ] apparently feeds on a coelenterate, probably Hale- cium, a hydroid (Fretter 'k Graham, 1949) . SiPUNCULiDS. The specimens described and named "Odonto- tomia" (Auristomia) perezi by Dautzenberg Sc Fischer (1925) were found in association with the sipunculid Phascolion stromhi (Montagu) in the empty shells of Turritella and Nassarins on the coast of Brittany, France. Thorson believes (in litt., February 22, 1960) that O. perezi is a synonym of Menestho (Evalea) diaphana (Jeffreys) . This species parasitizes Phascolion stromhi in the Oeresund (between Denmark and Sweden) . Thorson has also found an egg mass of Eulimella (Ebalina) nitidissima (Mon- tagu) inside the empty shell of a Turritella inhabited by Phascolion in the northwest Kattegat, indicating that E. nitidis- sima may also parasitize P. strombi. PoLYCHAETES, GASTROPODS AND PELECYPODS. These are the usual hosts of pyramidellids. Crustacea. Odostomia plicata was seen by Fretter Sc Graham (1949) to thrust its proboscis onto the antennae of amphipods at Plymouth (see above under sponges) . This behavior may well have been accidental. EcHiNODERMs. Two families of prosobranch gastropods, the Eulimidae (or "Melanellidae") and the Stiliferidae occur as parasites on and in echinoderms. Some eulimids appear to be free-living. The pyramidellids were grouped near the eulimids and stiliferids in the "Stirps" Aglossa by Thiele. Thorson and Fretter & Graham have shown since that pyramidellids are opisthobranchs and are not closely related to these other two January, 1961 nautilus 87 families (see, however, Fretter, 1955). Pyramidellids are pre- dominantly non-echinoderm parasites. However, Macnae reports (1958) a pyramidellid (probably Pyramidella dolabrata (Lin- naeus) ; see below under hemichordates) with Echino discus, a sand dollar, in Mozambique. (The "}Odostomia sp." parasitic on Holothuria is probably not a pyramidellid.) Furthermore, Thorson states (in litt.) that a small pyramidellid occurs off the southwest coast of Sweden around the anus of the heart urchin Spatangus purpureus Miiller. This species is identified tentatively by Thorson as Menestho clavula (see above under coelenterates) . Hemichordates. ''Pyramidella" [Otopleura] mitralis (A. Adams) and "Obeliscus dolohratus" [Pyramidella dolabrata] live with Ptychodera, an enteropneust, in Mozambique (Macnae, 1958) . (The name mitralis appears to have been used for dola- brata and vice versa.) TuNicATES. "Odostomia" impressa (Say) [not a true Odos- tomia] has been seen by Allen (1958) to feed on Molgula, a simple ascidian (sea squirt) in Chesapeake Bay, Maryland. Chitons In 1899 E. A. Smith described and named Odostomia chitoni- cola from South Africa. This species was found by Mr. Henry Burnup at "Unkomaas" [Umkomaas], Natal, on "Chiton jossus" [Dinoplax fossus Sykes]. (According to Ashby (1928) this chiton is a form of Dinoplax gigas (Gmelin) .) No other mention of a pyramidellid occuring on a chiton has been found by us. In 1932 Turton reported small, worn specimens of Odostomia chitonicola from Port Alfred, 330 miles southwest of Umkomaas. Presumably these were in beach drift. Odostomia chitonicola has been found by us on some speci- mens of Dinoplax gigas collected by Orr at Port Edward, Natal, 67 miles south of the type locality of O. chitonicols.. Unfor- tunately, the gastropods were not discovered until after they and the chitons had been killed in alcohol and dried. Neverthe- less, numerous specimens remained on one of the chitons. The Dinoplax were collected from sand-drifted rock crevices about one foot below low tide mark. Orr's field notes mention that there were frequently as many as 4 of these large chitons (3 or more inches in length) partially overlapping one another. The sea was muddy at the time the chitons were collected (ap- 88 NAUTILUS Vol. 71 (3) parently because of the entry of a river in flood into the sea about two miles to the south) but was not brackish. The most heavily infested Dinoplax is 83 mm. long (slightly curled) and is the largest of 6 specimens (A.N.S.P. no. 218330) . All the odostomias (A.N.S.P. no. 247768) are on the dorsal sur- face of the girdle, among the spinelets. They resemble the sili- ceous sand grains which are also present. We estimate that about 180 specimens of O. chitonicola remained on the girdle of this one Dinoplax after it was placed in alcohol and subse- quently dried. They are located all around the girdle, some near the edge, others near the shell valves. A few are on the girdle between the lateral areas of the valves. Nearly all are placed with the apertures of the shells adjacent to the girdle proper near the bases of the spinelets, with the apices of the shells projecting upwards. The odostomias tend to occur in clusters of 3 to 6 individuals and there are more on the anterior half of the chiton than on the posterior — perhaps because the girdle is slightly more abraded posteriorly than anteriorly (see below) . Most of the shells are glossy and transparent; a few are chalky and opaque. Evidently the latter are the shells oi individuals which had died before the chiton was collected and had remained among the spinules with the sand grains. About 15 juveniles of O. chitonicola were found on the girdle of another of the chitons (63 mm. long) , at the anterior end, and 2 more on a third (46 mm. long) , on the left side, near the junctions of the first and second, and third and fourth valves. There were no odostomias on the remaining 3 chitons (66, 57 and 38 mm. long) . The scarcity or absence of O. chitonicola on all but one of the chitons is noteworthy in view of the fact that all 6 chitons were collected within a few feet of each other. Before we were able to count them, some of the odostomias probably dropped off the chitons. The spinules on the girdle of large specimens of Dinoplax gigas are sometimes worn off. There would be little protection for the Odostomia on such a girdle. However, such is not the case with any of the specimens from Port Edward and there is no reason to believe that a disproportionate number of odostomias was lost from any of the six chitons. Although the case remains to be proved, we believe that O. January, 1961 nautilus 89 chitonicola does in fact parasitize Dinoplax gigas, probably piercing the girdle and sucking fluids from it. The abundance of the Odostomia and the uniform position in which most of the specimens were found makes the inference reasonable. The type specimen of O. chitonicola is 2 mm. long. The largest specimen found by us (PI. 6, figs. 8, 9) is only 1.4 mm. long. Nearly all the shells are young and some are extremely small (fig. 1) . The infested chitons were collected at Port Ed- ward on March 5, 1955, showing that this Odostomia reproduces in the (southern) summer. Exteriorly, the apex of the adult shell (figs. 6, 7) bears no trace of the heterostrophic protoconch characteristic of many but not all pyramidellids. Thorson (1946) has shown that all pyramidellids with heterostrophic protoconchs probably have larvae with a long pelagic stage, while those lacking such a protoconch (like O. chitonicola) have non-pelagic larvae or larvae with a very short pelagic stage. Non-pelagic development of the larvae of O. chitonicola would account for the occurrence of most of the specimens from Port Edward on the single Dinoplax. Non-pelagic development would also account for the presence of the extremely small larval shells on the chiton. Furthermore, our observations suggest that these larvae are, like the adult, fairly sedentary and probably start feeding para- sitically at an early age. The growth of the larval shell and its position relative to the adult shell has not been studied adequately in pyramidellids with non-pelagic development. Despite many statements in the literature to the contrary, pyramidellids never have truly sinistral, larval shells. Heterostrophic protoconchs appear to be sinistral but in fact are dextral and hyperstrophic (or "ultradextral") . Coiling is invariably dextral throughout life. We figure larval shells of O. chitonicola of two ages {PI. 6, figs. 1-5) . They show a trace of hyperstrophic coiling although regular orthostrophic coiling starts during growth of the first whorl. The youngest part of the shell is swollen and sac-like and, in the single whorl stage, projects towards the umbilical region (fig. 1) .^ We sug- gest that this structure of the larval shell of O. chitonicola has 1 A larval shell of a pyramidellid figured by Rasmussen (1951) and thought by him to be sinistral was slightly tilted and upside down. 90 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3) resulted from great reduction of a several whorled, hyperstrophic (i. e. heterostrophic) protoconch in the course of evolution. This may be true of all pyramidellids which have short or non-pelagic larval development. The type species of Odostomia, O. plicata (Montagu) , and 4 other European species grouped by Winckworth in the sub- genus Odostomia, s.s., have larvae with a long pelagic stage and heterostrophic protoconchs. The shell of O. chitonicola re- sembles that of Odostomia, s.s., in shape but lacks the heteros- trophic protoconch. Possibly this species should be grouped in another subgenus or even in another genus. However, because differences in larval development are often misleading as indi- cations of relationships and because the classification of pyra- midellids is at present in a state of confusion, we consider an attempt to refer O. chitonicola to another group inopportune. Twenty-two additional specimens of Dinoplax gigas, all with girdles in a fairly good state of preservation, have been examined by us for specimens of O. chitonicola; none was found. The chitons came from 8 localities (other than Port Edward) rang- ing from Gordons Bay (near Cape Town) to Margate, southern Natal. Port Alfred, where Turton found O. chitonicola, is one of the localities. References cited Alien,]. F. 1958. Naut., 72.- 14. Ashby, E. 1928. Proc. Malac. Soc. London, IS: 82-84. Dautzenberg, Ph. & P. H. Fischer. 1925. Trav. Station Biol. Roscoff, fasc. 5; 81-82, fig. 1. Fretter, V. 1955. Proc. Malac. Soc. London, 31: 143. Fretter, V. & A. Graham. 1949. J. Mar. Biol. Assoc. U.K., n.s., 28: 522-523. Loven, S.L. 1846. Ofvers. K. [Svensk] Vet.-Akad. Forhandl., 3: 49, 150. Macnae, W. 1958. The Mollusca. In A Natural History of Inhaca Island, Mocambique, ed. W. Macnae Sz M. Kalk. Witwatersrand Univ. Press, pp. 86, 88. See also pp. 44, 45, 127. Rasmussen, E. 195L Vidensk. Medd. Dansk naturh. Foren., 113: 217, fig. 8. Sanders, H. L. 1958. Limnology and Oceanography, 3: 254-255. 1960. Ibid. 5.-149-150. Smith, E. A. 1899. J. Conchol., 9: 250, pi. 5, fig. 10. Thorson, G. 1946. Medd. Komm. Danmarks Fiskeri- og Ha- NAUTILUS 74 (2) PLATE 5 Fig. 1, Pallifera pilsbryi santaritana, Miles & Mead, living animal. All white spots are light reflections. (Photo. B. M. Broder) . Fig. 2, Photomicrogiaph of jaw of P. p. pilsbryi, M. & M. lOOX. (Photo. W. H. McDonald) . Fig. 3. Geni- talia of P. p. pilsbryi. (Mead, del.) . See Naut. 7-f (2) : 75-78.] NAUTILUS 74 (3) PLATE 6 Odostomia chitonicola E. A. Smith. Port Edward, Natal, South Africa. Parasitic on girdle of the chiton Dinoplax gigas (Gmelin) . Fig. 1. Larval shell, apertural view. 2. Diagram of same, the dotted line showing inner edge of columella (seen through transparent shell) . 3. Older larval shell, aper- tural view. 4. Same, apical view. 5. Same, basal view. 6. Diagram of same, showing position of larval shell in apex. 7. Apex of adult shell. 8. Largest shell. 9. Outline of same, oblique view of aperture showing fold on columella. Magnifications: 1 to 7, x72; 8 Sc 9. x53. January, 1961 nautilus 91 vundersogelser, ser. Plankton, 4: 199-212, figs. 115-124. Turton, W. H. 1932. Marine Shells Port Alfred S. Africa. Oxford Univ. Press, p. 107. Winckworth, R. 1932. J. ConchoL, 19: 22b-221 . MOLLUSKS AND BRACHIOPODS FROM AFOGNAK AND SITKALIDAK ISLANDS, KODIAK GROUP, ALASKA By WALTER JACOB EYERDAM (Concluded from October no.) i Buccinum glaciate Linne, dredged (1, 2) . B. plectrum Stimpson, dredged (1, 2, 3) . B. castaneum triplostephanum Dall, cast on beach by storm (2) . B. baeri Middendorff, rare, under rocks (1-4) . B. baeri moerchianum Fischer, common under rocks. B. angulosum Gray, one specimen, rare (1) . Volutharpa ampiillacea (Middendorff) , all localities. V. ampullacea var. acuminata Dall, one example (3) . Alectrion mendica (Gould), under stones (1, 3, 4) . Columbella (Alia) gausapata Gould, 10 fms., not common (4). C. (Alia) tuberosa Carpenter, rare (3) . Nitidella gouldii Carpenter, dredged, not common (4) . Amphissa coluinbiana Dall, common under rocks at all stations. A. reticulata Dall, under rocks, not common (2) . Range extended north from Chichagoff Island. Tritonalia interfossa (Carpenter) , not common (1, 4) . Trophon (Neptunea) pacificus (Dall) , dredged, rare (1, 2) . T. (N.) beringi (Dall), dredged, rare (3). T. (N.) multicostatus (Esch.) , rare at low tide mark (1) . T. (N.) tenuisculptus (Cpr.) , under rocks, low tide (1) . T.(N.)lasia (Dall) , under rocks (1). Thais (Nucella) lamellosa (Gmelin) , very common (1, 2, 3). T. (N.) emarginata (Deshayes), common (4) . T. (N.) canaliculata Duclos, common (1-4) . T. (N.) lima (Martyn) , common (1-4) . Balcis randolphii (Vanatta) , on sponges (4) . (Melanella = Balcis.) B. micans borealis (Bartsch), 20 fms., mud (4) . Turbonilla alaskana Dall & Bartsch, dredged (3) . T. (Mormula) eschscholtzii Dall & Bartsch, 20 fms., mud. Range extended north from Port Simpson, B. C. T. (Strioturbonilla) vancouverensis (Baird) , 10 fms. (3) . T. (Pyrgolampros) alaskana Dall & Bartsch, 15 fms. (4) . 1 On page 41, 2nd line from bottom, insert continental between "largest" and "island." Hawaii is bigger. — W. J. E. 92 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3) T. (P.) stelleri Bartsch, 15 ims. (3) . Type lot. T. (P.) shuyakensis Bartsch, 15 fms. (3) . Type lot. T. (P.) middendorffii Bartsch, 15 tms. (3) . Type lot. T. (P.) eyerdami Bartsch, 20 tms. (3) . Type lot. Odostomia (Evalea) eyerdami Bartsch, under rocks (3) . Type lot. O. (E.) infiata Dall k Bartsch, under rocks (4) . Range extended north from Neah Bay, Washington. O. (E.) amchitkana Dall 8c Bartsch, dredged (2, 3, 4) . O. (E.) sitkaensis Clessin, 10 fms. (4). Range extended north from Sitka, Baranoff Island. O. (E.) tenuisculpta Carpenter, under stones (4) . O. (E.) unalashkensis Dall &: Bartsch, 10 fms. (3) . O. (Amaura) krausei Clessin, 10 fms. (3) . O. (A.) kennerlyi Dall &: Bartsch, dredged (1, 3, 4). Range ex- tended north from Nanaimo, B. C. 0.{A.) elsa Dall ^ Bartsch, dredged (1) . O. (A.) sillana Dall & Bartsch, dredged (4) . Range extended east from Unalaska, Aleutian Islands. O. (A.) gouldii Carpenter, dredged (4) . Range extended north from Neah Bay, Washington. O. (A) talpa Dall & Bartsch, (4) . Range extended north from Sitka, Baranof Island. Argobuccimim (Fusitriton) oregonense (Redfield), dredged (2, 4) . Cerithiopsis willettii Bartsch, under rocks on sponges (4) . C. frazeri Bartsch, in bread sponges (1, 4) . C. charlottensis Bartsch, under rocks (2, 3) . Range extended north from Queen Charlotte Islands. C. stejnegeri Dall, under rock (1) . Range extended east from Shumagin Islands. Bittium (Semibittium) vancouverense Dall & Bartsch, under rocks (4) . Range extended north from Barklay Sound, B. C. Trichotropis costellata Couthouy, dredged (1, 3, 4) . T. cancellata Hinds, (1-4) . Coprophagous on excreta of the worm, Serpiilaria columbiana. T. insignis Middendorff, dredged (1-4) . Tachyrhynchus lacteolus (Cpr.) , dredged (1, 2). T. erosus major Dall, dredged (1, 2) . Littorina sitchana Philippi, on rocks (1-4). JL. aleutica Dall, (1) . Range extended east from Shumagin Is. L. rudis Donovan, on stones, common (1-4). L. (Melaraphe) scutulata Gould, on stones (2, 3, 4) . Lacuna porrecta Carpenter, common (1-4) . L. divaricata (Fabricius) , on kelp fronds (1-4) . L. carinata Gould, on algae fronds (1) . L. vincta (Montagu) , on algae fronds (4) . L. solidula Loven, on Fucus. Range extended north from Puget Sound, Washington. January, 1961 nautilus 93 Haloconcha minor Dall, (4) . Range extended east from Chirikoff Island. Cingula aleutica Dall, on nullipores (4) . C. eyerdami Willett, on nullipores (3) . Range extended west from Prince William Sound. (Type locality: Elrington Island.) C. (Nodulus) cerinella (Dall) , on nullipores (3) . Range extended east from Kyska Island, Aleutian Is. C. (N.) kyskensis Bartsch, on nullipores (3) . Range extended east from Kyska Island. Alvania compacta Carpenter, on nullipores (2) . Range extended north from Port Etches. A. sanjuanensis Bartsch, on sponges (4) . A. dalli Bartsch, on sponges (2) . Crepidula (lanicus) nummaria Gould, on stones (1-4). C. (I.) nivea C. B. Adams, on stones (1) . C. (Crepipatella) lingulata Gould, on stones (1-3) . Crepidula grandis (Middendorff) , 15 fms., on stones (1). Natica (Cryptonatica) clausa Brod. & Sowerby, uncommon (1-3) . N. (C.) aleutica (Dall) , uncommon (1, 3) . Polinices (Euspira) pallidus (Brod. & Sow.) , uncommon (1) . P. (E.) groenlandicus (Moller) , dredged (1) . Velutina laevigata (Linne) low tide mark, uncommon (1, 2) . Onchidiopsis hannai Dall, on stones near high water (4) . Range extended southeast horn Pribilof Islands. Lepeta (Cryptoctenidia) concentrica Midd., low tide mark (1-4) . L. (C.) alba (Dall) , low tide mark (1-4) . L. (C.) caecoides Carpenter, dredged (4) . Acmaea mitra Esch., on stones, low tide mark, all stations. A. mitra juniculata (Carpyenter) , rare, 00 fms. (2) . A. cassis Esch., between tides, at all stations. A. cassis pelta Esch., between tides, at all stations. A. cassis olympica Dall, on mussels, at all stations. A. cassis nacelloides (Dall) , on kelp, at all stations. A scutum Esch., on rocks, middle tide, at all stations. A. scutum pintadina (Gould) , at all stations. A. scutum patina Esch., at all stations. A. digitalis Esch., highest on shore rocks, all stations. A. testudinalis (Miiller) , between tide marks, all stations. A. persona Esch., on stones, at all stations. A. rosea Dall, rare, dredged, at all stations. Range extended east- ward from the Shumagin Islands. A. instabilis (Gould) , on kelp stalks (1, 3, 4) . A. fenestrata Reeve, on inshore rocks (1,3, 4.) A. peramabilis Dall, on granite rocks only (3, 4) . Range extended eastward from the Shumagin Islands. Moelleria drusiana Dall, on nullifores (3) . M. quadrae Dall, on nullipores (3, 4) . 94 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3) Calliostoma costatum (Martyn) , in tide f>ools (1-4) . Turcicula bairdi Dall, dredged (3) . Cidarina cidaris (A. Adams), dredged (1, 4). Solariella (Machaeroplax) varicosa (Mighels & Adams) , (2) . Margarites (Pupillaria) pupilla Gould, all stations. M. (P.) cinerea Couthouy, (2) . Margarites helicinus (Phipps) , on stones, low tide mark (1-4) . M. marginatus Dall, under stones, all stations. M. marginatus laevior Jeffreys, rare, under stones (1) . Diodora aspera (Eschscholtz) , smaller size than in Puget Sound; all stations. Puncturella cucullata (Gould) , 15 fms. (1,2). P. galeata (Gould), 15 fms., dredged (1, 2, 3). P. multistriata Dall, rare, 15 fms. (1, 3). Vitrinella oldroydi Bartsch, under rocks, rare (4) . Range ex- tended northward from San Pedro, California. Cephalopoda Octopus punctata Gabb, under large flat stones (1, 2) . O. honkongensis Hoyle, under rocks, (1, 2, 4) . Amphineura Lepidopleurus cancellatus (Sowerby) , under rocks (1, 2). Lepidochitona lineata (Wood) , common under rocks (1-4) . L. (Tonicella) raymondi (Pilsbry) , under stones (4) . L. (T.) submarmorea (Middendorff) , under rocks at low tide (1-4). L. (T.) alba (Linne) , under stones at all stations. Schizoplax brandtii (Middendorff) , under stones (4) . Ischnochiton mertensii (Midd.) , under rocks (1, 3) . /. trifidus (Carpenter) , dredged (3) . Mopalia ciliata (Sowerby), under stones, not common (1, 3). Range extended northward from Vancouver Island. M. ciliata wossnessenskii (Middendorff) , rare (3) . M. muscosa (Gould) , under stones, not common (3, 4) . Katherina tunicata (Wood) , at all stations. Cryptochiton stelleri (Middendorff) , rare (1). Land shells Euconulus fulvus alaskensis (Pilsbry) , under wild rhubarb (1,4). Haplotrema vancouverense (Lea), under logs and bark (1-4). Vespericola columbiana pilosa (I-fenderson) under logs and bark .(1,2,4). Vitrina alaskana Dall, under wild rhubarb (4) . Discus cronkhitei (Newcomb) , under wild rhubarb (4) . Vertigo columbiana Sterki, under wild rhubarb (3) . Columella edentula (Draparnaud) , under wild rhubarb (3) . Fresh water shells Anodonta beringiana Middendorff, in a small lake (3) . Pisidium eyerdami — P. abditum Haldeman m P. casertanum January, 1961 nautilus 95 (Poli) , in a spaghnum bog (3) . Lymnaea sp., in a small pond (3) . Planorbidae sp., in a small pond (3) . Brachiopoda Hemythyris psittacea (Gmelin) , dredged (1, 2, 3) . Terebratalia caurina (Gould) , (2, 3) . T erebratulina unguicula (Carpenter) , (2) . Laqueus californicus (Koch) , (1,2). Annelida Spirorbis occidentalis Stimpson, on Fucus, at all stations. Recently, with the great activity in international, deep-water fishing in the north Pacific and Arctic Oceans by the fisheries of U.S.S.R., Japan and the U.S.A., increased interest is being shown in the study of bottom life of this far northern area of several, distinct faunules. A great deal of systematic, modern collecting still remains to be done in the rich biotic regions of southeast Alaska, Gulf of Alaska and Prince William Sound. With develop- ment of controlled, offshore, shellfish dredging, many more rare or new species of mollusks will come to light. MOLLUSCA OF THE BIG HORN MOUNTAINS By DOROTHY E. BEETLE The Big Horn Mountains, a majestic range that curves through north central Wyoming, lie in parts of Sheridan, Johnson, Big Horn and Washakie Counties. The mountains average 40 to 60 miles in width, rising centrally at Cloud's Peak to an elevation of 13,165 feet. To the north and south, the summits gradually decrease. Steep flanks, which ascend abruptly more than 1,000 feet, are characteristic for 200 miles along both the east and west slopes. Above this escarpment gently rolling slopes prevail. Granites are extensively exposed in the high mountain areas. The flanks of the mountains are composed principally of sedimentary rock. Water action, particularly on the western slopes, has carved a myriad of short, straight canyons through them. On the west, the Big Horn Mountains rise from the Big Horn Basin, an arid lowland approximately 4,000 feet in ele- vation. To the east they drop away to similar but less arid plains. Big Horn and Washakie Counties, on the western side, average 6i/2 and 81/3 inches of rain respectively. Sheridan and Johnson 96 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3) Counties each receive I414 inches annually. On the mountain crest, the climate is generally humid. Toward the end of the brief summer, it may become as dry as the lower plains in years of poor rainfall. Low temperatures prevail in the mountains, with frost and snow possible even in July and August. The western slopes are sparsely covered with juniper (Juniperiis utahensis), mountain mahogany (Cercocarpus montanus), and big sagebrush (Artemesia tridentata) communities. Moist pockets in the canyons, as elsewhere across the range, may have stands of spruce, fir and aspen. The more moist eastern slopes support ponderosa pine (Pinus ponderosa) up to 7,000 feet. Lodgepole pine (Pinus contorta) forms extensive stands across the top of the range. A predominant feature of the landscape here is the abrupt transition between plant associations. Lodgepole pine gives way to Idaho fescue (Festuca idahoensis) to leave open fairways between stands of trees. Arctic-alpine plants occur at scattered high places from Powder River Pass to the Montana border. Creeks winding across the broad top spread out to produce wet meadows thickly carpeted with marsh plants. Willow thickets border the creeks. Terrestial Mollusca Oreohelix pygmaea Succinea grosvenori O. pygmaea maculata S. stretchiana O. subrudis S. avara O. subrudis obscura Pupilla blandi O. yavapai extremitatis P. muscorum O. yavapai magnicornu P. hebes O. carinifera Vertigo gouldi basidens Euconulus fulvus V. concinnula Retinella electrina V. modesta R. binneyana occidentalis V. modesta parietalis Zonitoides arboreus Columella edentula Vitrina alaskana C. alticola Deroceras reticulatum Vallonia pulchella D. laeve V. excentrica Discus cronkhitei V. gracilicosta D. shimeki V. albula D. shimeki cockerelli V. cyclophorella Punctum minutissimum Zoogenetes harpa Oxyloma decampi gouldi Aquatic Mollusca Galba doddsi G. parva G. caperata G. dalli January, 1961 nautilus 97 G. humilis modicella H. subcrenatum G. humilis rustica Promenetus umbilicatellus G. obrussa Physa ampullacea G. palustris Physa anatina G. jacksonensis Physa Integra Gyraulus circumstriatus Physa smithiana G. parvus Aplexa hypnorum Helisoma trivolvis Pisidium casertanum H, trivolvis macrostomum Localities Examples of all the species listed are in the Beetle collection. Sheridan County: Sheep Creek near Freezout Peak: Oreohelix suhrudis, Euconulus julvus, Vitrina alaskana. Vertigo modesta, V. modesta parietalis. Fool's Creek near Freezout Peak: Gyraulus parvus. Tongue River, island in plant relic area near Sibley Lake, grass: Oreohelix pygmaea, O. subrudis, Lymnaea caperata. University Wyoming Experimental Pastures 1 mile west of Burgess Ranger Station, willow thickets along Tongue River: Oreohelix pygmaea, O. suhrudis, O. subrudis obscura, Deroceras laeve, Discus cronkhitei, D. shimeki, D. shimeki cockerelli, Punctum minutissimum, Succinea avara, Pupilla hebes. Vertigo concinnula, Vallonia cyclophorella, Euconulus fulvus, Vitrina alaskana. Same locality, wet meadow, dwarf willows, thick mats of Carex, marsh plants, Sphagnum, snails crawling on plants, caddis fly cases thickly camoflagued with all the mollusks: Deroceras laeve, Discus cronkhitei, immature Succinea, Vertigo gouldi basidens, V. concinnula, V. modesta, V. modesta parietalis, Columella edentula, Galba caperata, G. parva, G. humilis rustica, Aplexa hypnorum, Pisidium casertanum. Five miles west of Bear Lodge, limestone bluff above Tongue River, aspen grove: Oreohelix pygmaea, Euconulus fulvus, Zoni- toides arboreus, Vitrina alaskana, Pupilla hebes. Vertigo concin- nula. Same locality, lodgepole pine: Euconulus fulvus, Zonitoides arboreus, Vitrina alaskana, Deroceras reticulatum, D. laeve, Ver- tigo modesta. Little Willow Creek near Burgess Jet., muddy pond, snails crawling on reeds and rocks along shore: Succinea avara, Galba caperata, Gyraulus circumstriatus, G. pa7~vus, Physa ampullacea, Pisidium casertanum. Spruce grove 5 miles east of Burgess Jet., limestone: Euconulus fulvus, Zonitoides arboreus, Pupilla hebes, Vallonia cyclophorella. Owen River at U.S. 14: Deroceras laeve, Succinea avara, Galba caperata, Pisidium casertanum. Sibley Lake, dry west slope, spruce: Oreohelix pygmaea, Euconulus fulvus, Vitrina alaskana. Discus shimeki cockerelli, Vertigo modesta parietalis, Physa smithiana. Tongue River at Ranchester, willows, 3775 feet: Vitrina 98 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3) alaskana, Vallonia excentrica, V. graciUcosta, slug, Galba dalli, Physa anatina. Sheridan, University Wyoming Experiment Station, in lawn: Vallonia pulchella, in roots of bent grass, Vallonia excentrica. Story, mineral spring at Fish Hatchery: Galba humilis modicella, Pisidium casertanum. Story, mouth of South Fork Canyon, pine, maple, serviceberry, limestone, 5000 feet: Oreohelix subrudis obsciira, Euconulus fulvus, Retinella binneyana occidentalis, Zonitoides arboreus, Vitrina alaskana, Discus cronkhitei. South Fork Canyon 2 miles from mouth, aspen, pine, cotton- wood, limestone cliffs: Oreohelix pygmaea, O. subrudis obscura, Retinella binneyana occidentalis, Zonitoides arboreus, Vitrina alaskana. Discus cronkhitei, immature Pupilla, Vallonia albula. Piney Cruse Creek at Story, bog, willow, alder, aspen: Euconulus fulvus, Retinella binneyana occidentalis, Zonitoides arboreus, Vitrina alaskana. Discus cronkhitei, D. shimeki cockerelli, Oxyloma decampi gouldi, immature Vertigo, Zoogenetes harpa, slug. Big Piney Creek at U.S. highway 87, on stones: Gyraulus parvus, Physa smithiana. Johnson County: Lake de Smet, sandy, 4600 feet: Gyraulus parvus, Physa anatina. Clear Creek: Galba palustris, Gyraulus parvus, Physa anatina. 19 miles west of Buffalo, U.S. highway 16, stock pond, muddy, 7900 feet: Galba palustris, G. jacksonen- sis. Same locality, willows along creek, granite: Euconulus fulvus, Vitrina alaskana. Discus cronkhitei, D. shimeki cockerelli, Pu- pilla blandi. Vertigo concinnula, V. modesta. Columella alticola. Same locality, spruce on north slope: Zonitoides arboreus. Discus shimeki, D. shimeki cockerelli. Vertigo modesta parietalis. Same locality, east slope, aspen, pine, willow on granite: Euconulus fulvus, Retinella binneyana occidentalis, Zonitoides arboreus, Vitrina alaskana. Discus cronkhitei, D. shimeki cockerelli, Pu- pilla hebes. Vertigo concinnula, V. modesta, V. modesta parie- talis, Vallonia albula, V. cyclophorella. Trail to Sherd Lake, muddy pond, 8400 feet: Galba palustris, G. jacksonensis, Promenetus umbilicatellus, Pisidium casertanum. Trail to Sherd Lake, mature lodgepole pine on old burn, granite: Zonitoides arboreus. Discus cronkhitei. Vertigo concinnula. Por- cupine Creek near Powder River Pass, 9500 feet, dwarf willow, granite: Euconulus fulvus, Vitrina alaskana, Deroceras laeve, Succinea stretchiana. Vertigo modesta. Powder River Pass, 9666 feet, mountain, meadow with scattered spruce, granite, under logs along creek: Vitrina alaskana, Deroceras laeve, Vallonia al- bula, Galba palustris. Washakie County: Meadowlark Lake, aquatic vegetation along shore, sandy: Galba caperata, Gyraulus parvus. Swamp near Buck Creek above Tensleep Canyon: Galba palustris, Helisoma subcrenatum. Near West Tensleep Lake, swampy area, pine, January, 1961 nautilus 99 aspen, willow, in leaf debris and moss, 8500 feet: Euconulus fulvus, Retinella binneyana occidentalis, Zonitoides arboreus, Pupilla hebes, Vertigo modesta parietalis, Galba palustris, Promenetiis umbilicatellus, Pisidium casertanum. Worland, Big Horn River, muddy backwater, 4061 feet: Oxyloma decampi gouldi, Galba palustris, Physa smithiana. Tensleep, slough off Tensleep River, 4206 feet: Galba caperata, G. obrussa, Helisoma trivolvis, H. subcrenatum, Physa integra. Tensleep Canyon near the mouth, south slope, 5300 feet, in rock crevices and at base of plants, sandy, scattered pine, moun- tain mahogany: Oreohelix yavapai extremitatis, Succinea avara, Pupilla hebes, Vallonia cyclophorella. Tensleep Canyon, 14 mile below Fish Hatchery, north slope, 5400 feet, sedimentary rock, open groves of juniper, pine, maple, douglas fir, currant: Oreohelix pygmaea, O. subrudis, O. yavapai extremitatis, Eucoyiulus fulvus, Pupilla hebes, Vallania albula, V. cyclophorella. Same locality, south slope, dry, mountain maho- gany: Oreohelix pygmaea, O. subrudis, O. carinifera, Zonitoides arboreus, Vitrina alaskana, Pupilla hebes, Vallonia gracilicosta, V. cyclophorella. Near head of Tensleep Canyon, 6800 feet, limestone, aspen grove, north slope: Oreohelix pygmaea, O. subrudis, Euconulus fulvlus, Zonitoides arboreus, Vitrina alas- kana. Discus cronkhitei, Pupilla muscorum, Vallonia gracilicosta. Same locality, limber pine, douglas fir: Oreohelix pygmaea, O. subrudis, Euconulus fulvus, Zonitoides arboreus, Pupilla hebes, Vallonia albula. Leigh Canyon, creek at Fish Hatchery: Lymnaea doddsi, Physa integra, Pisidium casertanum. Leigh Canyon behind the Fish Hatchery, thick growth of conifers and hardwoods along creek: Oreohelix subrudis, O. subrudis obscura, Zonitoides arboreus, Vitrina alaskana, Deroceras reticulatum, Discus cronk- hitei, Succinea avara, Vallonia pulchella, slug. Leigh Canyon, I mile above hatchery, 6000 feet, slough: Retinella binneyana oc- cidentalis, Vallonia cyclophorella, Lymnaea doddsi. Leigh Canyon, southwest slope, di^y, sandy, mountain mahogany, cedar: Oreohelix subrudis, O. subrudis obscura, O. yavapai extremitatis, O. yavapai magnicornu, Zonitoides arboreus, Vitrina alaskana, Pupilla hebes, Vallonia albula, V. cyclophorella. BigJiorn County: Medicine Wheel Ranger Station, pond: Pisidium casertanum. Bluff above Porcupine Creek, north slope: Succinea grosvenori. Cliffs below Medicine Wheel, 8950 feet, limestone, pine, aspen, sagebrush: Oreohelix subrudis, Vallonia cyclophorella. Canyon below Medicine Wheel, douglas fir, spruce, limber pine: Oreohelix pygmaea, O. subrudis, Vallonia albula. Five Springs Camp, Rt. 14, under mossy logs in seepage: Oreohelix pygmaea, Euconulus fulvus, Vitrina alaskana. Vertigo modesta, slug. Five Springs Creek at Rt. 14, granite, spruce: 100 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3) Oreohelix pygmaea, O. suhrudis, Zonitoides arborens, Discus shimeki. Mouth of Dayton Kane Canyon, juniper, under sedimentary rocks along creek: Vallonia gracilicosta. Spring Creek at Shell, willows, slough, 4210 feet: Retinella electrina, Zonitoides arboreus, Deroceras laeve, Oxyloma decampi gouldi, Siiccinea avara, Galba parva, G. palustris, Physa integra. Base of Shell Canyon, Kerchner Ranch, pond, shallow, heavily vegetated: Galba obrussa 355, Physa smithiana. Dry Fork Canyon 4 miles northeast of Shell, sedimentary rock, maple, willow, silver sage, poison ivy: Oreohelix yavapai ex- tremitatis, Zonitoides arboreus, Pupilla muscoriim, P. hebes, Vallonia albula, V. cyclophorella. Same locality, moss lined cave in talus that creek tumbled through: Galba doddsi. White Creek Canyon, dry streambed, cottonwood, juniper, sage, poison ivy: Oreohelix pygmaea maculata, O. subrudis, O. subrudis obscura, O. carinifera, Vitrina alaskana, Vallonia cyclophorella. Shell Canyon, Shell Creek at the bridge, limestone, pine, cot- tonwood, maple, in leaf debris: Oreohelix pymgaea, O. pygmaea maculata, O. subrudis, O. carinifera, Discus shimeki cockerelli, Vallonia gracilicosta. Shell Canyon, 14 mile above largest switch- back on old road, juniper, under rocks: Oreohelix pygmaea, O. pygmaea maculata, O. yavapai extremitatis, Zonitoides arboreus, Pupilla hebes, Vallonia albula, V. gracilicosta. Shell Canyon, Granite Creek Camp, 7700, feet, aspen: Oreohelix pygmaea, O. pygmaea maculata, O. subrudis, Euconulus fulvus, Retinella electrina, Vitrina alaskana. Discus cronkhitei, D. shimeki cocker- elli, Pupilla muscorum. Vertigo concinnula, Vallonia albula in creek, Pisidium casertanum. 2 miles west of Granite Pass, Rt. 14, mature lodgepole pine: Euconulus fulvus, Vitrina alaskana. The abundance of Oreohelix was a characteristic feature of the Big Horn Mountains. Oreohelix subrudis, O. subrudis ob- scura, O. pygmaea, and O. pygmaea maculata were widely spread above 4500 feet. In addition, Oreohelix carinifera, O. yavapai extremitatis, and O. yavapai magnicornu appeared in canyons along the western rim. Colonies were located under talus, in crevices in the cliffs, at the base of plants on dry hillsides, and in all the major plant associations. Variations in diameter, height of spire, width of umbilicus, carination, and color pattern pointed to this area as one of active speciation in the genus. Three species of Vallonia, V. albula, V. gracilicosta, and V. cyclophorella were usually associated with Oreohelix, and were January, 1961 nautilus 101 much more abundant on the east and west slopes o£ the range than on the summit. The separation of the three became difficult because almost all mature individuals developed expanded and thickened lips. Three groups of shells with slight variation in size of lip were measured and the number of ribs counted. Only individuals with a diameter of 2.5 mm. or more were used. The 90 shells with the greatest lip expansion had a rib count of 41-60 ribs. An intermediate group of 118 shells had 42-55 ribs; 54 shells with the smallest lip had 45-68 ribs. Locali- ties often had specimens that ranged through all of the groups. Pupilla hebes was often associated with species of Oreohelix and Vallonia. It occurred in great numbers on sedimentary out- crops. Aspen groves on limestone ridges above the Tongue River were populated by the largest colonies of Pupilla hebes seen anywhere in Wyoming. Succinea avara, a fairly common snail in Wyoming, occurred in Tensleep Canyon in conjunction with Oreohelix yavapai extremitatis and Vallonia cyclophorella at an elevation of 5300 feet. The three species were living under rocks on the sunbaked, sandy south slopes. A particular search for Succinea avara turned up a single shell behind the fish hatchery. Canyons similar to Tensleep Canyon along the west escarp- ment were found to contain populations of Oreohelix, Vallonia^ and Pupilla, but no Succinea. However, farthur south, Succinea avara was discovered along the cliffs of the Wind River Canyon in Hot Springs County in just such a setting as that of Tensleep Canyon. A comparison of the number of species collected in a given habitat in the Teton or the Medicine Bow Mountains with the number collected in the Big Horn Mountains showed fewer species but more individuals were present in the latter. This situation may result from the greater exposures of sedimentary rock in the Big Horn range. In both the Teton and Medicine Bow Mountains, a diversity of soils and plant associations together with more favorable moisture conditions may be reflected in the larger species lists for all habitats. An effect of the weather on the snail population was noticed on the northern summits of the Big Horns. In 1956, collections in July revealed an abundance of animals at most sites. For 102 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3) 6 weeks during May and the beginning of June, 1957, heavy rains fell almost daily. In mid-July the same sites were revisited. Spring flowers were at the height of their display, but the ground was still wet. Even under logs and stones the soil was washed quite bare of debris. Only a few, mainly immature, snails were active. Eggs were exposed in tangles of debris where their survival was doubtful. A check in 1958 showed a population smaller than that of 1956. Field work in the Big Horn Mountains was conducted in July of 1956, 57, and 58. Grateful acknowledgement is made to the Wyoming Chapter of Sigma Xi for two grants-in-aid which partially assisted the author to carry on these studies. References Baker, F. C. 1911. The Lymnaeidae of North and Middle America. Chicago Acad. Sci. Spec. Publ. 3. 1945. The Molluscan Family Planorbidae. Univ. 111. Press, Urbana. Beetle, A. A. 1956. Range survey in Wyoming's Big Horn Moun- tains. Wyo. Agr. Ex. Sta. Bull. 341. DunneAvald, T. J. 1930. Grass and timber soils distribution in the Big Horn Mountains. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 22: 577-586. Pilsbry, H. A. 1939-1948. Land Mollusca of North America. North of Mexico. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Mono- graphs 3. PALLIFERA FOSTERI, WITH P. MEGAPHALLICA, NEW By F. WAYNE GRIMM Michigan State University, East Lansing, Mich. Pallifera (Pancalyptus) FOSTERI F. C. Baker. Text-fig. A This species has been reported from several midwestern localities (Baker, 1939; Pilsbry, 1948; Webb, 1952), from the southern Atlantic coastal plain (Hubricht, 1953; Grimm, 1960) ; and specimens resembling it have been reported from Michigan and Ontario (Pilsbry, 1948) . In 1952, Webb published a brief description of the genitalia of immature specimens from 30 miles west of the type locality. Included w^ith this description was a more complete description of the mature anatomy of a color form, P. fosteri oughtoni Webb. Essentially, the genitalia of specimens from the Sanford Woodlot of Michigan State University, East Lansing, Ingham Co., Michigan, agree with January, 1961 NAUTILUS 103 Anterior genitalia of Pallifera. A, P. fosteri, Ingham Co., Michigan. B, P. megaphallica, from type lot (ANSP. 251839) . Scales^approximately 1 mm. the description and figures published for P. fosteri and P. /. oughtoni from Illinois. For comparative purposes, however, the following information concerning Michigan examples is presented. Animal: Mantle very light tan, spotted and reticulate with dark brownish gray. The reticulations are heaviest in the middle of the back, but no dorsal line is formed. At the sides, the reticulations form two broken lateral lines. The tentacles are slate gray, and the anterior margin of the foot is brownish red. Length (preserved) 10 to 17 mm. Genitalia: Atrium short and glandular near the vagina, which is largely enveloped in glandular tissue. Spermatheca small, globular, and placed at the end of a thin, non-expanded stalk which is somewhat longer than the penis. The thick and tubular penis is about 2 mm. long and bears a basal sheath of slightly less than 1 mm. in length. The apical region of the penis is thin, subtranslucent and slightly expanded, and the penial re- tractor is short. The genitalia differ from P. f. oughtoni only in having a slightly more extensive vaginal gland and a some- what larger penial retractor. The mantle pattern of this lot differs from that of oughtoni in being marked with brownish gray, not black, and in having less prominent lateral lines. 104 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3) Pallifera (Pancalyptus) megaphallica, new species. Text-fig. B Animal: Markings similar to those of P. fosteri from Michigan except that the mantle reticulations are darker gray, a distinct dorsal line is present, and the lateral lines are blackish. In the type lot, the brownish red sides of the foot are less prominent or are absent altogether. Length (preserved) 13 to 19 mm. (holo- type largest; not dissected) . Genitalia: Atrium short, slightly glandular near the vagina. Vagina short and free of glandular tissue. Spermatheca larger than that of P. fosteri; placed upon a thin non-expanded stalk which is equal to or slightly less than the penis in length. The thick and tubular penis is about 6 mm. long, is twisted a full turn, and bears a basal sheath approximately 2 mm. in length. Apex of penis as in fosteri. Internally, the tip of the penis is circularly striate and the penis bears an elongate, variously wrinkled pilas- ter which hangs loosely from a sub-apical origin and extends nearly to the region of the sheath. Penial retractor short, only slightly longer than that of fosteri. The albumen gland is much reduced, and the hermaphrodite duct is greatly swollen. Jaw arched and centrally plicate, as in P. fosteri. Distribution. Maryland: Worcester Co.: among wet leaves and cypress needles near small creek, dump along Pocomoke River, west-southwest edge of Snow Hill, type (Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia no. 251838) and paratypes ANSP. 251839-40; other paratypes in the author's collection; Porter's Crossing, Poco- moke Cypress Swamp north of Snow Hill; logs beside U.S. 113 near Mattaponi Creek; 0.5 mile south of Girdletree. Wicomico Co.: Royal Oak; roadside near Quantico forest fire tower on Md. 349; near bridge at Mill Branch, 1 mile south of Mardela Springs; under logs along Md. 354, 2.1 miles south of Willards; under logs, 1 mile south of Bivalve. Caroline Co.: near bridge at Hunting Creek. Queen Annes Co.: roadside near Normans, 3 miles south of Stevensville, Kent Island; woods immediately north of Stevensville, Kent Island. St. Mary's Co.: Oaks, at railroad crossing. Charles Co.: 2 miles southeast of La Plata on Md. 6; valley of Hell's Bottom Run between Dentsville and 01iver*s Shop; woods .8 mile east-southeast of Bryan's Road; val- ley of Old Woman's Run, 1 mile south of Bennesville. Anne January, 1961 nautilus 105 Arundel Co.: Bodkin Plains, near Pasadena; Leon, on the Pa- tuxent River. Prince Georges Co.: valley of Walker Branch, west end of Laurel, Baltimore Co.: Relay; northwest corner of cemetery, Woodlawn; dump in upland oak woods near Patapsco State Park off Hilton Ave., Catonsville. Pallifera megaphallica is very closely related to P. fosteri, and differs from the latter primarily in the enormous size of the penis, which is visible through the body wall. The degree of twisting of the penis, the sizes of the albumen gland and herma- phrodite duct, as well as the amount of glandular tissue on the vagina and atrium vary among the several lots seen. Perhaps this variation may be correlated with the sexual cycle. Juveniles of megaphallica have a longer and more slender penis than adult fosteri. Intensity of color is also extremely variable; specimens from dry localities are quite well marked, whereas those of wetter regions are generally of less heavy pigmentation. Occa- sionally a specimen will lose nearly all its markings and retain only a trace of the lateral lines. In Maryland, P. megaphallica is the common coastal-plain species. It extends into the piedmont near the fall-line. Adults appear by December 19 and persist at least until May 10. They have a seasonal life cycle, as does P. fosteri in Michigan. Hubricht's (1953) record for P. fosteri in Somerset Co., Md., undoubtedly pertains to this species. Probably his additional coastal localities, from Virginia to Georgia, are also based on megaphallica. References Baker, F. C. 1939. Fieldbook of Illinois Land Snails. 111. Nat. Hist. Survey Manual No. 2 (Urbana, 111.) 1-166, figs, (see p. 133). Grimm, F. Wayne, 1960. Two new succineids from Maryland, with notes on Catinella vermeta. Naut. 74: 8-16. (P. fosteri in Md.). Hubricht, Leslie, 1953. Land snails of the southern Atlantic Coastal Plain. Naut. 66: 114-125. Pilsbry, H. A. 1948. Land Mollusca of North America (north of Mexico) . Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Monogr. 3, vol. 2: (2) 521-1113 (see p. 768). Webb, G. R. 1952. Pulmonata, Philomycidae: anatomical data on the slugs Pallifera dorsalis, P. fosteri and a new sub- species. Gastropodia 7:6-7. 106 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3) LAND SNAILS FROM THE UPPER PATUXENT ESTUARY MARGIN (MARYLAND) By F. WAYNE GRIMM Michigan State University, East Lansing Originating in the high hills of the outer Piedmont south of Ridgeville, Maryland, the Patuxent River flows south-southeast- ward in a curve through the coastal plain and into Chesapeake Bay. Its course roughly parallels that of the lower Potomac River, and it forms the largest estuary of the west shore of the Chesapeake north of the Potomac. Salt marshes and sandy beaches form the margin of the lower 25 miles of the estuary. As one progresses upstream from the mouth, the salinity of the water gradually decreases and the estuarine marshes become more extensive. Tidal influence is prominent well into the region of the fresh-water marshes. During a soaking rain on July 12, 1959, the author visited the eastern margin of the upper Patuxent estuary at Leon, Anne Arundel Co., Maryland (Pig Point) . At this locality the tidal marshes bordering the river are entirely fresh water. Tobacco fields lie upon the gentle slopes above the marshes, and occa- sional patches of mixed pine-hardwood forest occupy the fallow land. Land snails were taken from several environments at this station: (1) on mud and debris at the bases of reeds; (2) above the waterline on standing vegetation in the river; (3) on and at the roots of marginal vegetation (nettles) . On April 3, 1960 (also during a rainstorm) , this station was revisited, and specimens were collected under fallen marginal vegetation. At this date no attempt was made to collect in the river, which was entering the flood stage. Dump debris in a small, leafy gulch near the roadside immediately above the river yielded additional specimens. Directly across the river at Mount Calvert, Prince Georges Co., only 3 specimens of 2 species were found under a log. A yacht dock is located at this place; both it and the marshes were flooded. Below are listed the species found at each station. Numbers which follow the names indicate either the environment to which a particular species appeared to be limited or the environment in which it was most abundant. Leon, Anne Arundel Co., near the river margin, July 12, 1959: Mesodon thyroidus (Say) (3) ; Triodopsis hopetonensis ohsoleta January, 1961 nautilus 107 (Pils.) (3) ; Retinella indentata (Say) (1,3) ; Ventridens ligera (Say) (3) ; Zonitoides arboreus (Say) , dead, (3) ; Deroceras laeve (Miill.) (1,2,3) ; Catinella hubrichti Grimm (1) ; Catinella sp.?, dead, (3) ; Succinea ovalis Say, primarily on nettles, (3) ; Oxyloma effusa (Pfr.) (2) ; Gastrocopta contracta (Say) (1,3) ; Vertigo ovata Say (1,3) ; Carychium exiguum (Say) (3) ; Poma- tiopsis lapidaria (Say) (1,3) . Leon, Anne Arundel Co., under fallen marginal vegetation, April 3, 1960: Triodopsis hopetonensis obsoleta (Pils.) ; Ventri- dens ligera (Say) ; Catinella hubrichti Grimm, dead; Catinella sp.?, dead; Succinea ovalis Say; Oxyloma effusa (Pfr.) , dead adults, living juveniles; Deroceras laeve (Miill.) ; Pallifera fosteri F. C. Baker; Pomatiopsis lapidaria (Say) . Leon, Anne Arundel Co., dump debris in small gulch near roadside above river, April 3, 1960: Stenotrema barbatum (Clapp) ; Retinella indentata (Say) ; Ventridens ligera (Say) ; Zonitoides arboreus (Say) ; Succinea ovalis Say; Philomycus carolinianus (Bosc) . Mount Calvert, Prince Georges Co., under log: Triodopsis juxtidens (Pils.) ; Ventridens ligera (Say) . The occurrence of Triodopsis hopetonensis obsoleta in this region deserves further comment, for the nearest known localities for T. hopetonensis (Shutt.) are approximately 70 miles south- east of the above, on the lower Delmarva Peninsula. Although most of the adjacent coastal plain of Maryland west of the Chesapeake has been searched, no T. hopetonensis have been found. The nearest locality west of the Chesapeake is in the region of Norfolk, Va., about 120 miles directly south. Thus, the population of T. h. obsoleta at Leon appears to be isolated from any known population of a related form. In all specimens seen (96 collected April 3, 1960; 5 on July 12, 1959), a striking degeneration of apertural teeth is evident. Only 1 1 retain a trace of the upper lip tooth as a minute vestigial thickening of the peristome; in all others this tooth is absent. However, all mature examples possess both a parietal tooth (a tiny nodule) and a lower lip tooth of variable size. The um- bilicus is wider than that of most Delmarva specimens. Occa- sionally, examples resembling the above in degeneration of the teeth will appear in large lots of T. hopetonensis from the Delmarva. Accidental introduction may account for the presence of this snail at a locality so far removed from its known range. Tobacco 108 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3) farms near the area collected cannot be ignored as possible sources of introduction. Conceivably, both the reduction of teeth and uniformity of appearance could be due to genetic drift within a small, isolated, inbred population. As a rule, large lots of hopetonensis from within the known range of the species show considerable over-all variation individually, although some uniformity of size exists. On the basis of field observation, Hubricht (1953: 118-121) considers obsoleta to be a distinct species closely allied to and hybridizing with T. messana Hubricht. Although T. hopetonen- sis appears to be intermediate between the two, Hubricht states that it, too, is a distinct species which resembles hybrids between T. fallax (Say) and T. obsoleta. In the same article, obsoleta is reported from several localities on the Delmarva Pensinsula, both in Maryland and in Virginia, and T. messana is reported from Maryland. Unfortunately, all the present author's observa- tions are limitel to Maryland and Virginia. No "pure" colonies of obsoleta have yet been observed on the Delmarva Peninsula; but many variable lots which appear to be largely hopetonensis have been examine^ and tentatively referred to that species. Oc- casional specimens approach either obsoleta or messana, and specimens from one locality appear to be all messana. Only further collecting, supplemented by dissection and breeding ex- periments, can resolve the taxonomic problem presented by the heterogeneous assemblage of coastal plain Triodopsis. Specula- tion leads to the tentative supposition that the group which includes T. fallax, messana, obsoleta, hopetonensis, and van- nostrandi constitutes a superspecies of typically distinct forms which have not yet evolved to the point of reproductive isolation. The name Oxyloma effusa (Pfr.) is assigned arbitrarily to a large lot collected at the Leon locality. The shells range from the form of O. effusa through that of O. e. sub effusa Pils. to that of O. salleana (Pfr.) . Some specimens are up to 20 mm. in length. Variation in the appearance of the sheathed male organ is fully as great as variation in shell shape. The penes and epiphalli of specimens examined exhibit considerable differences in the degree of twist, in the position of the appendix, and in the size of the appendix. No correlation between the shape of the shell and the form of the male organ has been observed. January, 1961 nautilus 109 Other, smaller lots of coastal plain oxylomas show less over-all variation than this one. Unfortunately, insufficient numbers of specimens are available for a thorough study of these phenomena of variation. Incidentally, a single lot of Catinella huhrichti Grimm (1960) from Caroline Co., Md., shows as much variation in shell form as the above discussed Oxyloma; the shells ranging in form from that of Oxyloma decampi gouldi through that of O. effusa. The following are additional Maryland localities for Catinella; see Grimm (1960) : Catijiella huhrichti. Mud flats near bridge at Hunting Creek, Caroline Co., near Dorchester Co. line (April 13, 1957) . Margin of Big Mill Pond, Swanscut Creek at Welbourne, Worcester Co. (March 27, 1960). Catinella pinicola. Bald Friar, on the Susquehanna R., Cecil Co. (Nov. 1, 1958) . River Road along Susquehanna north of Glen Cove, Harford Co. (Nov. 22, 1958). Near bridge at Mill Branch, 1 mile south of Mardela Springs, Wicomico Co. (March 26, 1960) . Dump near valley of Wagram Swamp Branch, 3 miles south-southeast of Pocomoke City, Worcester Co. (March 27, 1960) . Approx. 1 mile west of George Isl. Landing and 2 miles east of Stockton, Worcester Co. (March 27, 1960) . Boxiron Creek at bridge, Boxiron, Worcester Co. (March 27, 1960) . Catinella vermeta. Baltimore, Harford, and Caroline Counties. References Grimm, F. Wayne. 1960. Two new succineids from Maryland, with notes on Catinella vermeta. Naut. 74:%-\b, fig. 1, pi. 1. Hubricht, Leslie. 1953. Land snails of the southern Atlantic coastal plain. Naut. 66: 114-125. Pilsbry, H. A. 1940-1948. Land Mollusca of North America (north of Mexico) . Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia Monogr. 3, v.l part 2, and v.2. THE UNIONIDAE OF OTTAWA COUNTY, MICHIGAN By WILLIAM H. HEARD Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan Ottawa County, Michigan, is located along the shore of Lake Michigan on the western edge of the lower peninsula. It con- tains the lower reaches and mouth of the present Grand River which formerly played a major role in the drainage of glacial waters. Several studies of Michigan unionids have dealt with those species of this stream and its tributaries. Coker, et.al. 110 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3) (1921), listed 22 naiades between Grand Rapids, just east of the Ottawa-Kent County boundary, and Grand Haven at the mouth of the Grand River. Van der Schalie (1941) reported 16 unionids in the Grand River and its tributaries in Ottawa County, while recording 29 species for the entire drainage. In a later study (1948) , designed to determine the degree of deple- tion in the Grand River, he again discussed the naiades of the stream, reporting 17 species. All specimens on which this report is based are in the collec- tions of the Mollusk Division of the University of Michigan Museum of Zoology. This study was undertaken (1) to compile a list of the highly varied mussel fauna of Ottawa County, and (2) to investigate the present mussel resources of the area in the light of factors which tend to deplete or destroy them, such as clamming for button factories, dredging of the stream channel, and pollution. The assistance of Dr. Henry van der Schalie in making taxonomic determinations and in reviewing the manu- script is gratefully acknowledged. A list of the extensive naiad fauna of Ottawa County follows. Subspecific designations were used sparingly because most of them represent ecological forms rather than true varieties. For example, Anodonta grandis footiana and A. g. gigantea were lumped with A. grandis. In the following list, it is interesting to note that the fauna is well represented in all three subfamilies of the Unionidae. Unioninae Lasmigona compressa Amblema costata Lasmigona costata Amblema peruviana Strophitus rugosus Cyclonaias tuberculata Lampsilinae Elliptio dilatatus Actinonaias carinata Fusconaia flava Actinonaias ellipsiformis Fusconaia undata Carunculina parva Pleurobema cordatum Lampsilis siliquoidea coccineum Lampsilis ventricosa Quadrula pustulosa Leptodea fragilis Quadrula quadrula Leptodea laevissima Anodontinae Ligumia recta latissima Alasmidonta calceolus Micromya iris Alasmidonta marginata Obliquaria reflexa Anodonta grandis Obovaria olivaria Anodonta marginata Proptera alata Anodontoides ferussacianus Truncilla donaciformis Lasmigona complanata Truncilla truncata January, 1961 NAUTILUS 111 Several reports have stressed that there is an increasing number of mollusk species as one proceeds from the headwaters of a stream toward its mouth. The collections considered here are in accordance with this view. Consequently, the streams are ar- ranged according to their size, and the species of mussels are given according to their ecological distribution. Crockery Creek, Rush Creek, and Sand Creek are tributaries of the Grand River and may be considered to be small streams. Since they are tributary to the Grand River in its lower reaches rather than in the headwaters, a few species such as Quadrula pustulosa and Actinonaias carinata enter these small streams. Ordinarily these species are associated with larger rivers. These tributaries were found to harbor the following species: Amblema costata Elliptio dilatatus Fusconaia flava Quadrula pustulosa Alasmidonta calceolus Anodonta grandis Anodontoides ferussacianus Lasmigona complanata Lasmigona compressa In the Black River, a Amblema costata Elliptio dilatatus Fusconaia flava Quadrula quadrula Anodonta grandis Anodontoides ferussacianus Strophitus rugosus Present in the Grand River the county, are 24 species: Amblema costata Amblema peruviana Strophitus rugosus Actinonaias carinata Cyclonaias tuberculata Elliptio dilatatus Fusconaia undata Pleurobema cordatum coccineum Quadrula pustulosa Quadrula quadrula* Strophitus rugosus Actinonaias carinata Actinonaias ellipsiformis Lampsilis siliquoidea Lampsilis ventricosa Leptodea fragilis Micromya iris Proptera alata medium-sized stream, are found: Carunculina parva Lampsilis siliquoidea Lampsilis ventricosa Leptodea fragilis Proptera alata Truncilla truncata the only large-sized stream in Alasmidonta marginata Anodonta grandis Lasmigona complanata* Lasmigona costata Lampsilis siliquoidea Lampsilis ventricosa Leptodea fragilis* Leptodea laevissima Ligumia recta latissima Obliquaria reflexa* Obovaria olivaria* 112 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3) Proptera alata* Truncilla truncata* Truncilla donaciformis* Lentic, or standing water, habitats in Ottawa County support 10 species: Amblema costata Lasmigona complanata Amblema peruviana Lampsilis siliquoidea Fusconaia undata Lampsilis ventricosa Anodonta grandis Leptodea fragilis Anodonta marginata Proptera alata This Ottawa County faunal list contains 21 genera and 32 species. Specimens of these different species are not all equally common; and even the more common species must be considered less abundant than they formerly were. The serious depletion of the mussel fauna can be traced to three major factors: clamming for the pearl button industries, dredging, and pol- lution. The Grand River was one of the major sites of Michigan button industries (van der Schalie, 1948) , and a button factory formerly existed in Ottawa County at the village of Lamont. Eleven species of naiades have been listed by van der Schalie (1938, 1948) as commercially valuable in the manufacture of buttons: Amblema costata Quadrula quadrula Elliptio dilatatus (if white) Strophitus rugosus Fusconaia flava Actinonaias carinata Pleurobema cordatum Lampsilis siliquoidea coccineum Lampsilis ventricosa Quadrula pustulosa Ligumia recta latissima Two species groups show intergradation between their ecolo- gically upstream and downstream counterparts within the same genus. Amblema costata and Fusconaia flava, normally associated with upstream areas or small tributaries, have counterparts in larger streams in A. peruviana and F. undata respectively. Further investigations must be undertaken to define clearly the taxonomic status of these nominal species. A. peruviana may be added, for the present, to the preceding list of commercially valuable naiades, which all occur or have occured in Ottawa County in the Grand River. The most abundant mussels are Amblema peruviana, Quadrula pustulosa and Actinonaias * Gained entry into the lower portions of the Grand River from Lake Michigan (van der Schalie, 1941) . January, 1961 nautilus 113 carinata, which all have heavy shells and provide excellent button material. Published reports of large mounds of discarded valves made by the button factories act as testimony to the significance of these clamming operations in the depletion of the mussel re- sources and the subsequent abandonment of this industry. The basin of the Grand River in Ottawa County has been dredged frequently in recent years to facilitate the passage of gravel ships and pleasure craft. The dredged materials are deposited on the banks. This operation destroys all the unionids captured with the substrate, and it severely damages the mussel beds. Pollution has increased greatly in recent years. The lower portions of the Grand River carry much of the industrial waste of Grand Rapids. More recently, sodium arsenite has been used commonly to destroy aquatic algae, and this chemical is proving very harmful to the bottom fauna. The combined effects of clamming, dredging, and pollution have greatly depleted the mussel populations of Ottawa County. If one examines the dredged materials on the banks of the Grand River, there is found a conspicuous scarcity of juvenile naiades. Moreover, most of the shells are extensively eroded. Evidently the mussel populations are not being replaced. Shells of adults of only the following three species consistently had an intact periostracum and showed no algal or mineral encrusta- tions: Anodonta grandis, Lasmigona complanata, and Leptodea fragilis. The shells in the collections of the three most abundant species, however, were so badly weathered and eroded as to in- dicate that they no longer live in this portion of the drainage system. In addition to its tributaries, the Grand River in Ottawa County contains several long, narrow bayous at right angles to the stream. More intensive collecting may well reveal living naiades which are essentially limited to these relatively unadul- terated areas. This report emphasizes a widespread trend, indicating that the native American mussel fauna is changing rapidly under the in- fluence of human activities. With the cessation of the button industry, there has been little active interest in this mollusk group, and in the face of the alterations of natural conditions, 114 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3) information bearing on the biology of naiades will become in- creasingly more difficult to obtain. Literature Cited 1. Coker, R. E., Shira, A.F., Clark, H. W., and Howard, A. D., 1921. Natural history and propagation of fresh-water mus- sels, U. S. Bur. Fish. Bull., 57:77-181. 2. Schalie, H., van der, 1938, Hitch-hiking mussels and pearl buttons, Mich. Conserv., 7(10):4-5, 11. 3. 1941, Zoogeography of naiades in the Grand and Muske- gon Rivers of Michigan as related to glacial history. Pap. Mich. Acad. Sci., Arts, Lett., 25:297-310. 4. 1948, The commercially valuable mussels of the Grand River in Michigan, Mich. Dept. Conserv., Mich. Publ., ^:3-42. A NEW RECORD FOR THE ASIATIC CLAM IN THE UNITED STATES, THE TENNESSEE RIVER By RALPH M. SINCLAIR and WILLIAM MARCUS INGRAM* Examination of Petersen dredge samples, made by Messrs. Harold N. Mullican, Billy G. Isom, and the senior author on October 21, 1959, below Pickwick Dam, on a preliminary study to gather baseline data on Kentucky Lake, revealed large num- bers of the Asiatic clam, Corbicula fiuminea (Plate 7) . Indenti- fication was confirmed by comparison with specimens from Bon- neville Dam, Oregon, which are housed in the United States National Museum. The Pickwick collections represent a re- markable extension of the range for this mollusk which was heretofore known in the United States only from collections made in western states, i.e., Arizona, California, Idaho, Nevada, Oregon, and Washington, Ingram (1948), (1959), Dundee and Dundee (1958) . Ingram (1959) discussed this clam as a poten- tial and actual pest in potable and in irrigation water supplies. One can only speculate as to the mode of transportation of this native of Asia; however, a likely theory would first in- criminate the dumping of aquaria and fish bowls that contained introduced "aquaria rarities." Station Locations. Clams were taken at three stations below Pickwick dam (mile 206.7) on the Tennessee River in Hardin *Respectively, Principal Biologist, Stream Pollution Control, Department of Public Health, Nashville, Tennessee; and In Charge, Biological Field In- vestigations, Technical Services Branch, Division of Water Supply and Pollution Control, PHS., Cincinnati, Ohio. January, 1961 NAUTILUS 115 116 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3) TABLE I 1 2 3 206 . ^ nower line t 205.^ • 203.3 ORGANISMS left mid right left mid • right left mid right Zoothamniiom Dendxosoma F C F Spongilla fragllis Trochospongilla leidyi Unidentified Sponge C C F A A Cordylophora lacustris F F A A Dugesia tigrina 5 2 k 1+ 6 Ik 19 Umatella gracilis Paludicella articulata Fredericella sultana c c c c C C F F F F F F F F Pristina Kais conanunis Paranais 1 1 1 7 Unidentified Loech 1 Unidentified Beetle 1 ChaotoiTLS punctipennis Hydxcbaenus sp. A Cricotopus bicinctus Unidentified Tendipedini Harnischia sp. A Tendipes nervosus Tendipes modestus Polypedilum sp. B Ce.lo-csectra exigua 31 59 hi 5 11^ 5 2 16 2 9 7 5 1 117 29 k 12 3 68 1 2 15 7 U8 1 . 1 1 3 26 1 8 2 169 k 1 3 1 101 Trycorythcdes Stenonema 1 1 1 1 1 Agraylea Athripsodes Potaayla flava Hydropsyche orris Cheumatopsyche Psychomyiidae Genus A 51 1 22 2 21 2 1+1 141 .1 5 kh 17 ^3 92 1 1 11 131 3 30 193 2311 11 13 21 Lithasia verrucosa Ferrissia shimekii Quadrula sp. Quadrula tuberculata Corbicula flumlnea k 1 5 1 i 1+ 1 11 33 1 2 1 7 1 77 5 1 19 7 TOTAL 1 152 90 56 261 \229 381 1 11+1 575 ^+37 298 871 1 ,l?3 few C - common A - abimdant Table 1. Benthos from Pickwick Tailwater County, Tennessee (See map) . The stations were at miles 206.3, 205.3 and 203.3; the numbers of clams taken at these respective stations were 10, 12, and 84 (Table 1) . The tail water in which the three stations lie is actually the upper limit of Kentucky Lake, one of the main stream reservoirs on the Tennessee River (Plate 8) . Station 1 at mile 206.3 (See map) was bedded over large gravel and polished stone on the right bank and large limestone January, 1961 nautilus 117 boulders on the left bank, placed there to prevent erosion; flat rock was the typical substrate in the cross-section. Aquatic vege- tation consisted of Cladophora and diatom slimes. At the time of sampling, the water was clear with a temperature of 21° C, a D.O. of 7.4 ppm, and a pH of 7.5. Station 2 at mile 205.3 was bedded over materials similar to Station 1; here the dominant aquatic plants were mats of Lyngbya aestuarii and sparse clumps of Cladophora, with diatom slimes. The temperature was 21 °C, the D.O. 7.4 ppm and the pH 7.5. Station 3 at mile 203.3 was bedded over flat rock, with shale having been turned up in large, thin, flat pieces in mid-stream by dredging operations. The major alga was Cladophora. Surface water temperature was 21 °C. Dissolved oxygen and pH were not taken. Velocities at the three stations were above scouring, with small and loose materials being washed out and carried down- stream. Petersen dredge hauls were made at the stream margins and at mid-channel at the three stations, a total of 9 points being dredged in all. General Faunal Associates of Corbicula. The principal inver- tebrates were forms that were attached firmly to the substrate by holdfasts, such as bryozoans, sponges, and hydroids. These animals, which could not be enumerated reasonably because of their colonial nature, formed extensive mats which covered practically every rock that was picked up in Petersen dredge hauls. They were missing only from flat shale dredged up in mid-channel at Station 3. This fauna provided shelter for many of the other faunal elements. The invertebrates taken with Corbicula fluminea are enumer- ated in Table I. Fish that are known to occur in the tail-water reach of the three stations are, particularly, sauger, yellow and channel catfish, striped bass, and gizzard shad. Mollusk associates of Corbicula. Four species of mollusks were collected in association with Corbicula, two gastropods and two pelecypods. The pulmonate gastropod Ferrissia shimekii was taken at Stations 2 and 3. Only one specimen of the gilled snail Lithasia verrucosa was taken at Station 3. The two unionid clams that were collected were species of Quadrula, one an un- 118 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3) identified species and the other Quadrula tuherculata. Previously reported collections of Corbicula fluminea have been from substrates of sand, or mud, or a combination of the two. Those reported were found on a bottom composed of patches of stone and gravel on bedrock. With this ability to adapt to an apparent great variety of bottom types, further extension into streams of the East is likely. Of the 106 specimens taken at the three stations on the Tennessee River the largest measured 12.5 mm. and the smallest 0.9 along an anterior- posterior axis. On the average, these clams (PI. 7, upper 2 figs.) appear to be considerably smaller in over-all length than those of this species encountered in the West (lower 2 figs.) . Acknowledgments. Grateful appreciation is expressed to Harold N. Mullican, Chief Biologist and Billy G. Isom, Senior Biologist, of Stream Pollution Control, Department of Public Health, Nashville, Tennessee, who assisted in making possible this paper through their field efforts. Appreciation is given to Drs. Harald Rehder, J. P. E. Morrison and A. C. Smith of the United States National Museum for the lending of specimens for comparative use in specimen identification. Dr. Morrison confirmed the writer's identification based upon specimens sent to him from the Tennessee River. The aerial photograph (plate 8) of Pickwick Reservoir and its tail water reach of the Tennes- see River was supplied by Mr. Gene Ruhr of the Tennessee Game and Fish Commission. References Dundee, D. S., and Dundee, H. A. 1958. Extensions of known ranges of four mollusks, Naut. 72: 51-54. Ingram, W. M. 1948. The larger fresh-water clams of Califor- nia, Oregon, and Washington. Jour, of Entomology and Zoology, 40 (4) : 72-92. 1959. Asiatic clams as potential pests in California water supplies. Jour. American Water Works Association, 51 (3) : 363-370. NOTES AND NEWS Hubert G. Schenck (1897-1960) .—Professor Schenck, of Stan- ford University, died on June 19. His scientific interests were paleontology and stratigraphy. Schenck's research on mollusks chiefly concerns taxodont bivalves. He set very high standards NAUTILUS 74 (3) PLATE 7 .r ^^ 31 mm ^ ,|,iW. J/ /77/77 Corbicula fluminea (Mueller) . Upper 2 figs, from Tennessee River, Ten- nessee. Lower 2 from Tracy Pumping Station. California. NAUTILUS 74 (3) PLATE 8 January, 1961 nautilus 119 both for himself and his students, and as a teacher he was outstanding. During his years in the Pacific, Schenck sent back to Stanford fine collections of shells from New Guinea, Truk, the Philippines and Japan. He was a life member of the Amer- ican Malacological Union and of the Malacological Society of London. — R. Robertson. Peter Olaus Okkelberg died Sept. 13, 1960, at Ann Arbor, Michigan, He will be remembered by members of the A.M.U. who attended the meeting 2 years before, when his wife and he were guests at the banquet. An obituary will appear later. — Henry van der Schalie Foreign subscriptions. — Because so many foreign subscribers request receipts, postage outside the United States (except Canada) will be increased 10 cents. Thus, beginning with volume 75, foreign subscriptions will become $3.75. — Mgr. Additional notes on discarded shells of mollusks. — Some years ago I published a brief discussion on discarded shells of food mollusks found on the intertidal zone of Cape Ann, Mass. (Naut. 57:67-68. 1943.). Since then the same problem has come to my attention while collecting in fresh-water habitats. For example, while collecting specimens with my class in field zoology in the Cuyahoga River of northeastern Ohio, June 2, 1957, we found a valve of the marine quahog Mercenaria mercenaria and two shells of the land snail Otala lactea. These were found in debris along the banks of the river and obviously were dis- carded shells of food mollusks. (M. mercenaria is shipped inland from the Atlantic Coast and O. lactea is an importation from Spain and North Africa. The latter is often found in Italian markets. Shells of food mollusks become widely scattered.) A specimen of M. mercenaria was also collected from Tinker's Creek near Valley View, Ohio, in the spring of 1958, and another one was found on the banks of the Salt Fork River near Homer, Illinois, on March 19, 1957. From this same stream near Urbana, there was also collected on September 9, 1958, a shell of Trigoniocardia media, a marine bivalve from south- eastern U.S. Shells of the oyster Crassostrea virginica are fre- 120 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3) quently encountered in our inland areas as discarded shells. Two unusual marine bivalves were collected in Plum Creek in Portage County, Ohio, on September 28, 1959. These were identified as Meretrix meretrix (L.) lusoria (Roding) by Dr. W. J. Clench. Dr. Clench has pointed out that these shells are from Japan, being sold by the Japanese as novelties. These give rise to paper flowers which float out from between the valves when immersed in water. Such advectitous shells seem to find their way into natural habitats. Ordinarily they can be recognized at once, although they often take one by surprise. Fortunately most of them offer no problem, but if they should become fossilized, they could at some future date be misinterpreted. Perhaps another serious situation would arise if shell collectors discard dupli- cates or imperfect specimens in such a way that they would be found at some future time in a natural habitat out of their normal range and lead to a misunderstanding on the part of the collector. — Ralph W. Dexter, Kent State Univ., Kent, Ohio. Early records of Littorina littorea from the coast of Massachusetts. — The introduction and spread of the English periwinkle, Littorina littorea, on the Atlantic coast of North America has been the subject of much interest in past years. Gray (Science News, April 15, 1879) made the statement that, "it did not occur in the waters of Southern New England in 1871 or 1872." Morse, (Bull. Essex Inst. 72:173-176, 1880) gives 1872 as the earliest date for records at Salem and Provincetown, and 1875 for the first record at Woods Hole. An anonymous note in the American Naturalist (^;250, 1870) stated that a specimen collected at Kennebunkport, Maine, was the farthest south up to that time. Ganong (Amer. Nat. 26>;931-940, 1886), reviewed the problem and compiled the earliest date of records from Halifax, in 1857, to New Haven in 1879. Subsequently, the claim was made that the first known record went back to 1840, when the species reputedly was collected at Pictou, Nova Scotia. In the files of the Peabody Museum of Salem, there is a letter written by J. Henry Blake on July 16, 1920, to Prof. E. S. Morse, which reads as follows:^ 1 Thanks are due Ernest S. Dodge, Director of the Peabody Museum for permission to study the Morse Correspondence and to quote the letter in- cluded in this note. January, 1961 nautilus 121 "Regarding Littorina littorea, as mentioned in your paper, I have this in my notes of the Mollusca of Provincetown written in 1877: — 'Littorina littorea — found now (1877) very abundant at Provincetown, and can be gathered by the thousands. I had never noticed a specimen either alive or dead on the shore pre- vious to the year 1870, when I found two live specimens at a particular place where there was the ruins of an old wharf. This was in the center of the town and where cargoes of wood and lumber were unloaded from a vessel which plyed between Bangor and Provincetown for many years. On visiting this same locality the following summer I found a handful or more and a few scat- tering ones at other places along the shore, and so they have continued to increase in numbers until this (77) year when I can collect a bushel of them at most any place along the shore.' — I also found the first specimen at Wood's Hole in 1875, although credit is given Prof. Verrill and, I think, justifiably so as he was in charge. — I feel almost certain this Provincetown specimen was brought to Provincetown attached to the bottom of this brig commanded by Capt. Benj. Ryder, who sailed back and forth between Bangor, Me., and Provincetown for many vears." According to this account by Blake, the species actually was introduced into Provincetown two years before the published records list it, and established an outpost there before the species was introduced at intervening points along the coast. Blake's explanation that this snail was introduced on the lumber brig from Bangor, seems very reasonable. — Ralph W. Dexter, Kent State University, Kent, Ohio Northwest Shell Club. — A meeting for organization was held Sept. 18, 1960, in Seattle at the home of Mr. W. Jackson Sallee. Those present elected the following officers: President, Tom Rice of Poulsbo. Vice-president, Phil Spicer of Centralia. Secretary-treasurer, Miss Joan Shields of Seattle. Another meet- ing was scheduled for Tacoma on November 13. Interested col- lectors in British Columbia, Idaho, Oregon, and Washington are invited to attend. For further information write: Tom Rice, Route 2, Box 483, Poulsbo, Washington. Sphaerium transversum (Say) was collected from the Neosho River, 214 miles south of lola, Allen County, Kansas, in an unusual habitat. In the Neosho River, S. transversum almost always occurs in the soft mud banks and in small, quiet pools. 122 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (3) On August 21, 1957, 40 live adult and immature S. transversum were removed from between the valves of a dead Crenodonta peruviana (Lamarck) ; in addition there were approximately 30 dead 5. transversum present. Little silt occurred in the unionid shell, and the shell was partially buried in a riffle having swift current. S. transversum was identified by Rev. H. B. Her- rington. — Harold D. Murray, Department of Zoology, Univer- sity of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas. Helix pomatia Linne, colonized at Plymouth, Mass. — Mr. Emmett Baker of Kingston, Mass., has brought to my attention the existence of a well established colony of this European snail in Plymouth. This colony is located in and around a garden at 27 Nelson St., an area of an acre or two. Mr. Donald Peter- son, the present owner of the property, stated that a Mr. Joseph Vacchino introduced the original snails from Italy in 1928. Mr. Peterson received this information from Mr. Vacchino's son. So far as known, this colony of H. pomatia is confined to this small area. The only other recorded colony of this species in North America is at Jackson, Michigan, which has been reported upon by A. F. Archer (1937, Naut. 57; 61-63) . I visited this colony on July 11, 1960, accompanied by Mr. and Mrs. Baker and Dr. Clench. Some 20 specimens were found within an hour's search. Mr. Peterson stated that specimens were far more abundant the previous year, and also stated that they had done but little damage to his garden. As Archer has stated, they feed mainly on dead vegetation. — R. D. Turner. A record size for Mya arenaria. — Through the kindness of Mr. Win Brooks we have received one of the largest speci- mens of Mya arenaria Linne so far recorded. The specimen was collected by Mr. Brooks on the eastern end of Phillis Island, Barnstable Harbor, Massachusetts, at extreme low water. It was dead when collected. It measures 166 mm. (about 614 inches) in length. The next largest in length is 153 mm. (about 6 inches) from Essex, Mass. Both of these specimens exceed the largest specimen available to Richard Foster of 140 mm. from Chelsea Beach, Mass. (Johnsonia, 1946, 2:33. — William J. Clench. Orthalicus in the Cayman Islands. — Through the co-opera- January, 1961 nautilus 123 tion of Mr. Robert Sevier Fuller, owner of Fuller's "Shell Shack" Museum on Grand Cayman, and known to all on the island as "Bob Fuller," I have received two specimens of a species of Orthalicus from Grand Cayman, According to his notes, 5 speci- mens were found on an orange tree in the backyard of a home 1/2 mile from the airport. Another juvenile specimen was col- lected on a pepper plant. The presence in the Cayman Islands of these shells, which exactly match specimens of Orthalicus undatus jamaicensis (Pilsbry) in our collection is certainly due to an introduction by man. Mr. Fuller also seems sure of this, for he says: "Most of the fruit trees [in this garden] were brought over from Hope Gardens in Jamaica, because many of the Caymanians have done that and these trees were all grafted trees." This interesting addition to the malacological fauna of the Cayman Islands was not mentioned by Pilsbry in his papers on the land mollusks of Grand Cayman and Cayman Brae. Although its discovery on the island is of such recent date (we knew nothing of its presence there when we visited Grand Cayman in May of 1960) quite possibly further specimens will turn up in other gardens in and around Georgetown as well as in other parts of the island. — H. A. Rehder. PismiUM HENSLOWANUM (Sheppard) in Lake Michigan. — On July 1, 1960, a single living animal of this species was dredged from Lake Michigan (5 fathoms) , 3 miles south of Grand Haven, Michigan, by Dr. Alfred M. Beeton of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. This is a unique discovery, because the previous westernmost record in North America was Niagara Falls, Lincoln County, Ontario (UMMZ. 198572) .—William H. Heard, Museum of Zoology, Ann Arbor, Michigan. SucciNEA CAMPESTRis VAGANs Pilsbry, 1901, Naut. 14:1 A — Since a museum number (ANSP. 78882) is not a valid selec- tion of a type, and Pilsbry, 1948, Land Moll. N. A. 2:844, did not distinguish it either in his dimensions or in his shell figs, (p. 819, fig. 443d) , I now select the animal represented in his fig. 456-A as the type of Quickella vagans (Pilsbry) , 1948, which is the originally designated type species of Mediappendix Pilsbry, 1948, op. cit.:843. — H. Burrington Baker. 124 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (8) PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED, 1959 Pages in italics include new taxons Menzies, Robert J., Maurice Ewing, J. Lamar Worzel & Arthur H. Clarke, Jr. Ecology of the recent Monoplacophora. Oikos 7^:168-182, 10 figs. Nicol, David, George A. Desborough Sc James R. SoUiday. Paleon- tologic record of the primary differentiation in some major invertebrate groups. J. Washington Acad. Sci. ^P.-35 1-366, 16 figs. Paraense, W. Lobato & Newton Deslandes. The Brazilian species of "Drepanotrema." VII, "D. petricola" (Odhner, 1937) . Rev. Brasil. Biol. /5^.-319-329, figs. 1-13. The renal ridge as a reliable character for separating Taphius glahratus from Taphius tenagophilus. Amer. J. Tropic. Medic, and Hyg. 8: 456-472, figs. 1-26. Riedel, Adolf. Additions to knowledge of Zonitidae (Gastro- poda) of Soviet Armenia and adjacent lands. (Russian.) Ak. Nauk Armjanskoj SSR. Zool. sbornik ii;191-206, 12 figs. Rosewater, Joseph. Calvin Goodrich, a bibliography and cata- logue of his species. Occ. Papers Moll., Mus. Comp. Zool. Har- vard 2:189-208, 4 figs. Smith, Allyn G. Shells from the bird guano of southeast Farallon Island, California, with description of a new species of Liotia. (and G. D. Hanna.) A rare species of Chiton from Pioneer Sea- mount off central California. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 27:383-387, 389-392, pi. 20, figs. 2-4, 6, 10 & 11 8c text figs. 1-3. 1952. Turner, Ruth D. The status of systematic work in the Teredin- idae. In "Marine boring and fouling organisms," Dixy Lee Ray, ed., pp. 124-136. Valentine, James W. Pleistocene molluscan notes. 1, The Bay Point formation at its type locality. Turritella granti, a new Pleistocene gastropod from Palos Verdes Hills, California. J. Paleontology 55:685-688, 1 fig.; 688-691, 3 figs. Venmans, L.A.W.C. Land and freshwater molluscs from the Dolomites. (Supplement) , Notes on molluscs from the Belgian Congo: 1, Genus Strep- tostele H. Dohrn, 1866. Att. 1st. Veneto Sci., Let. & Arti 777:357-371, 3 figs. Rev. ZooL Bot. Afr. 60:31-48, 6 figs. Zilch, Adolf. Handb. d. Palaeozool. 6 (Gastropoda von William Wenz, Teil 2, Euthyneura, Lief. 2): 201-400, figs. 702-1434. Gebriider Borntraeger, Berlin-Nikolassee. Adam, William. Les cephalopodes de la mer Rouge. Miss. Robt. Ph. Dollfus en Egypte, part 28:125-192, 25 figs., 9 pis. Benthem Jutting, W. S. S. van. Rumphius and malacology. Rumphius Memorial Vol.: 181-207, photos. 17-22. — Non-marine Mollusca of the north Moluccan Islands Halmahera, Ternate, Batjan and Obi. Treubia 25:25-87, figs. 1-3. January, 1961 nautilus iii Habe, Tadashige. Five new minute bivalves from Japan (Erycinacea) . Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab. 7:291-294, 15 figs. Mead, Albert R. Increasing complexity in the problem of the giant African snail. J. Colo.-Wyo. Acad. Sci. 4(11), 1 p. Yamamoto, Gotaro & Tadashige Habe. Fauna of shell-bearing mollusks in Mutsu Bay, Lamellibranchia (2) . Bull. Mar. Biol. Stat. Asamushi 9:85-122, pis. 6-14. 1960 Adam, William. Cephalopoda from the Gulf of Aqaba. Israel Sea Fish, Res. Sta. Bull. 26:26 pp., 10 figs., 1 pi. — Notes sur le cephalopodes, 24: Contribution a la connaissance de I'hec- tocotyle chez les Ommastrephidae. — A propos de Chlamys (F. Ace. Hinnites) ahscondita (P. Fischer, 1898) de la cote occi- dental de I'Afrique. — Les mollusques terrestres et dulcicoles de la Belgique, quelques additions et rectifications. Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. nat. Belgique 5^(19) :10 pp.; (20):10 pp., 2 pis.; (22): 10 pp., 7 figs. — Les cephalopodes de I'lnstitut Francais d'Afrique Noire, 11. Bull. I'lnst. I'Afr. Noire 22:465-511, figs. 1-4. Blake, John W. Oxygen consumption of bilvalve prey and their attractiveness to the gastropod, Urosalpinx cinerea. Limnology & Oceanography 5:273-280. Burch, John B. Chromosomes of Gyraulus circiimstriatus, a freshwater snail. Nature 7ecies; yet small differences between species have sometimes escaped recognition. In the course of an analysis of the fauna of oyster beds, we found that a number of small pyramidellid gastropods occurred in this habitat in the vicinity of the Duke University Marine Laboratory at Beaufort, North Carolina. Odostomia (Menestho) impressa, the most abundant pyramidellid in this habitat, has been treated elsewhere (Wells 1959) . Three other species, be- longing in the subgenus Chrysallida, are the subject of this report. Because these 3 species superficially resemble one another, they are easily confused. Evidently, the members of this species com- plex have not been distinguished previously; instead, they have been treated as a single species, Odostomia (Chrysallida) semi- nuda. The purpose of this report is to clarify the taxonomy of these forms, to distinguish between them, and to provide infor- mation on their distribution and feeding habits. Taxonomy. Upon initial examination, this pyramidellid com- plex appeared to include two undescribed species, in addition to Odostomia (Chrysallida) seminuda C. B. Adams, 1839. How- ever, subsequent examination showed that one species had been described previously, not from the western Atlantic, but as being from Japan. This species will be treated first; then a description of the new species will follow. Odostomia (Chrysallida) dux Dall & Bartsch, 1906 (Fig. 4) Dall and Bartsch (1906) described a number of new species from a collection of Pyramidellidae supplied by the Berlin Mu- seum. This material included collections of H. and A. Adams, Paetel, Dunker, and Hilgendorf, and contained many species from Japan. From this material, Dall and Bartsch described, figured, and named a minute specimen as Odostomia (Chrysallida) dux (p. 350; PL 17, fig. 4) . After its description, they noted, "It is from April, 1961 NAUTILUS 151 Japan and belongs to the Paetel collection." Contained in collections of Pyramidellidae in the United States National Museum and in the authors' possession are a number of specimens from North Carolina that fit perfectly the description of O. dux. These specimens superficially resemble Odostomia seminuda C. B. Adams, which also occurs on the Atlantic Coast of the United States; those in the U.S.N. M. collection had been grouped under that species. The type specimen of Odostomia (C.) dux had 4 post-nuclear whorls and measured 1.8 x 1.0 mm. Corresponding North Caro- lina specimens with 4 post-nuclear whorls possess identical meas- urements. Included in these North Carolina collections are sev- eral larger specimens, with up to 51/2 post-nuclear whorls, measuring up to 3.1 x 1.5 mm. Presumably, the type specimen of O. dux was returned to the Berlin Museum. In view of other locality errors in the Berlin Museum material, it is quite likely that the type locality cited for O. dux by Dall and Bartsch was erroneous. In the same article, these authors noted specimens of 5 other species contained in the Berlin collection which apparently were also cited incorrectly as being from Japan. Three previously described species from the west coast of Mexico and one from the West Indies had been cited in the Paetel collection as having come from Japan; two species from Alaska had been incorrectly cited in the Clessin collection as having come from Japan. All the specimens recorded below were collected in North Carolina, with a single possible exception labelled "Coast of N. k S. Carolina." Material examined (The number of post-nuclear whorls in each specimen is included in parentheses) : 2 specimens (4 1/2, 5) from Shackleford Jetty, Beaufort Inlet, N.C.; subtidal; 1955. 1 specimen (21/2) , 1 dead shell (41/2) dredged off Ocracoke, N.C.; 1959. 9 specimens (3, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 41/2, 5, 51/2) on shells, Beaufort, N.C.; subtidal; 1955-1956. 1 specimen (51/2) labelled "Coast of N. & S. Carolina" by C. B. Adams; 1871; U.S.N.M. 24702. 1 specimen (51/2) from off Cape Hatteras, N.C., U.S.F.C. Sta. 2284-86; 13 fathoms; 1885; U.S.N.M. 43967, labelled as Odostomia cancellata (D'Orb.) . 1 specimen (41/2) from 25 miles SE from Cape Fear, N.C., D2619; 15 fathoms; 1885; U.S.N.M. 97508a. 2 specimens (4 1/2, 41/2) from 17 miles SE by E 1/2E of Cape Look- out, N.C., U.S.F.C, D2608; 22 fathoms; 1888; U.S.N.M. 94585b. 2 dead shells (5, 51/2) from off Beaufort, N.C., Eolis Sta. 21; 6-9 fathoms; 1910; U.S.N.M. Henderson Coll. (no number) . 3 dead 152 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (4) shells (41/2, 5, 5) from Beaufort, N.C. area; U.S.N. M. Henderson Coll. B1446. Odostomia (Chrysallida) dianthophila, new species (Fig. 1) Description: Shell small, elongate-ovate, white. Nuclear whorls moderately large, deeply immersed in the first post-nuclear whorl, from which only the peripheral portion of the last oblique volution projects. Post-nuclear whorls somewhat flattened, strongly crenulately shouldered, marked between the sutures by 17 axial ribs and 5 spiral cords, the posterior two of which are a little more closely spaced than the rest. Each junction of an axial rib and a spiral cord is marked by a tubercle; the tubercles of the first and second cord are somewhat fused. The fourth spiral cord is wider and well separated from the third cord. Base moderately well rounded, attenuated, ornamented with 4 or 5 more or less distinct flattened spiral threads, reticulated by slender continuations of the axial ribs. Sculpture of the base and of the body of the last whorl near the aperture often obsolete. Aperture pear-shaped, posterior angle acute, somewhat chan- neled; outer lip thin, somewhat advanced in the middle in larger specimens; columella strong, curved, provided with a strong fold; parietal wall covered by a thin callus. The holotype has 414 post-nuclear whorls and measures 1.8 mm. in length, and 0.8 mm. in width. This is the maximum size observed for this species. This species is named dianthophila in allusion to its affinity for the serpulid polychaete Eupomatus dianthus Verrill. Type locality: Beaufort, North Carolina (1955) . The holotype (U.S.N. M. 613499) and a series of paratypes (613500) from the same collection have been deposited in the United States National Museum. Material examined: 210 specimens collected near the Duke University Marine Laboratory, Beaufort, N.C, 1955-1956; 10 specimens dredged off Portsmouth Island, N.C, 6 fathoms, June 1959; 1 specimen dredged in Pamlico Sound, N.C, 2 fathoms, October 1960. Comparisons of Shell Characters. Microscopic examination reveals several clear-cut differences between these three species. Whereas O. seminuda bears 4 rows of tubercles on each whorl (Fig. 6) , O. dux bears 3 rows of tubercles and a smooth spiral keel, situated just above the suture (Fig. 4) ; and O. dianthophila bears 5 rows of tubercles (Fig. 1) . While the axial ribs of O. seminuda and O. dux disappear above the suture, those of O. dianthophila may extend well below the suture onto the base. The shell of adult O. seminuda is larger than those of the other two species, achieving 4.0 mm. in length in contrast to maxima of 3.1 mm. in O. dux and 1.8 mm. in O. dianthophila. In addi- April, 1961 NAUTILUS 158 Figs. 1-3, Odostomia (C.) diauthophila: 1, adult shell. 2. lower part of shell showing obsolete sculpture and shape of outer lip. 3, apical whorls. Figs. 4-5, O. (C.) dux: 4, adult shell. 5, apical whorls. Figs. 6-7, O. (C.) seminuda. 6, adult shell. 7, apical whorls. (Figs. 1, 2, 4, 6, to scale A; Figs. 3. 5, 7 to scale B. Drawn with the aid of camera lucida.) tion, the shell of O. diauthophila is consistently more slender in proportion to its length than are those of the other two species. The nuclear whorls of O. seminuda form a small projecting spire, the axis of which is almost at right angles to that of succeeding whorls (Fig. 7) . In contrast, the nuclear whorls of O. dux and O. diautliopJiila are deeply immersed in the first post-nuclear whorl, with only the peripheral portion of the last oblique volu- tion appearing above the edge (Figs. 3 and 5) . Ecology. Feeding habits: As Robertson (1957) noted, Odos- tomia seminuda has been recorded from the valves of the bay 154 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (4) Fig. 8, Odostomia (C.) dianthophila (s) among branchial filaments of serpulid annelid, Eupomatus dianthus (preserved); parts of calcareous worm tube removed. (Drawn with the aid of camera lucida; f = branchial fila- ments, o zr: operculum of annelid.) scallop, Aequipecten irrndians. Robertson reported this species teeding on Crepidula jornicata, a sessile gastropod which utilizes a ciliary feeding method similar to that employed by bivalve mollusks. In this study, Odostomia semimida has been found on the valves of the scallop Aequipecten gibbus dredged from off Ocracoke, North Carolina. Several specimens were found near the ventral margin of the scallops' valves, but most were located on the "ears" of the shell. While there is insufficient evidence to justify any conclusions on the feeding relationships of Odostomia dux, this species has been collected in the vicinity of tubicolous polychaetes upon which it may feed. The shell of this species dredged off Ocracoke had been incorporated into a sand tube of the tubicolous poly- chaete, Sabellaria vulgaris Verrill, attached to the shell of the scallop, Aequipecten gibbus. The smaller, live specimen from that collection was found in a nearby crevice between other fouling organisms. Fretter and Graham (1949) have indicated that a related species, Odostomia (Chrysallida) spiralis, feeds on Sabellaria species in British waters. Odostomia diantliopliila feeds upon the serpulid annelid Eupomatus dianthus Verrill. The host polychaete produces white calcareous tubes that are cemented to shells, rocks, pilings, and other hard substrates; the species is distributed from New Eng- land to the West Indies and the Gulf of Mexico (Hartman 1951) , and is an important fouling pest to the oyster industry in some areas. This polychaete bears a terminal plume of ciliated pinnate branchial filaments that open for feeding. When dis- turbed, it quickly retracts into its calcareous tube, completely withdrawing the branchial filaments which are then protected by April, 1961 NAUTILUS 155 a stalked, trumpet-shaped operculum. A number of specimens of O. dianthophila have been recovered from inside the tubes of both living and preserved Eupomatus dianthiis. They apparently were carried inside the tube when the polychaete host retracted. Most specimens were located among the branchial filaments behind the operculum (Fig. 8) ; however, two were lodged in the thoracic region of one worm (preserved) . As many as three specimens of O. dianthophila have been found in the tube with a single worm. There can be little doubt that they were feeding on this polychaete. Fretter and Graham (1949) have reported two species (Odos- tomia unidentata, O. lukisii) feeding on a British serpulid, Pomatoceros triqueter, and described this process in detail. Generally specimens of O. dianthophila were found only in the larger tubes of E. dianthus. The E. dianthus typically retracts whenever there is a disturbance in its vicinity, or if it is exposed by low tides. The minute size of Odostomia dianthophila permits its being carried inside the calcareous tube of the polychaete when the host retracts. By this behavior pattern, the serpulid worm inadvertently affords the pyramidellid protection from would-be predators or adverse conditions. The occurrence of this species in the tube of Eupomatus dianthus has a counterpart in the occurrence of two British species of Odostomia within the valves of pelecypods. Odostomia scalaris penetrates betw^een the valves of the blue mussel, Mytilus edulis, and O. eulimoides penetrates between the valves of the European oyster, Ostrea edulis. In both species, the host responds by producing a thin-walled pocked that excludes the pyramidellid from the host's tissues. No such mechanism for isolating O. dianthophila has been observed in E. dianthus. Salinity: On the basis of their occurrence in the Beaufort area, Odostomia dux appears to be more restricted to relatively high salinities than is O. seminuda. Odostomia dianthophila is much more capable of penetrating into estuarine areas than either of the other two species, having been collected among oyster shells at Cross Rock in Newport River (in the Beaufort area) , and in Pamlico Sound. It has been collected repeatedly in salinities of 24 and 25 o/oo, and once in a salinity of 15 o/oo after a four week period of similarly low salinity values. However, in higher 156 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (4) salinities, all three species have been represented in single collections. Reproduction: Typical pyramidellid egg masses (like those figured by Thorson 1946 and Wells 1959) belonging to Odos- tomia seminuda were observed on scallop shells collected in January, 1959. Robertson (1957) has indicated that this species spawned in July (1956) at Woods Hole, Massachusetts. As is the case with many other marine invertebrates, reproduction in O. seminuda appears to be directly related to water temperatures. In this case, the spawning of O. seminuda coincided with a tem- perature of about 65°F. Such water temperatures are recorded for Woods Hole in mid-July, 1956 (Bumpus, 1957) . Apparently, a similar temperature occurred off Ocracoke Island, N.C., in January 1959, as one can interpolate from the hydrographic data collected at nearby lightships (Day, 1960). There is no information available on the reproductive period of O. dux. Juvenile specimens of O. dianthophila were relatively abundant in the Beaufort area in June and July of 1955 and 1956, and several extremely small specimens (with scarcely more than the nuclear whorls) were recovered from material dredged off Portsmouth Island, N.C., in June, 1959. In view of the oc- currence of its juvenile stages, O. dianthophila appears to spawn in late May, June, and July, exhibiting a breeding pattern in the Beaufort area similar to that of Odostomia impressa (Wells, 1959) . On the basis of their larval shells, theie is evidently a long planktonic larval stage in O. seminuda, while in O. dux and O. dianthophila the planktonic stage is suppressed. However, the coincident recovery of all three species from single collections and the absence of intermediate forms indicate that the differ- ences in the larval shells are not variations induced by different salinities. Acknowledgments. The authors wish to express their appre- ciation to Drs. Harald A. Rehder and J. P. E. Morrison for facilitating their examination of collections in the U. S. National Museum. Some of the 1959 collections were made during the course of research supported by a grant (G-5838) from the Na- tional Science Foundation to Dr. I. E. Gray of the Department of Zoology, Duke University, and aided by the Cape Hatteras National Seashore of the National Park Service. The 1955-1956 April, 1961 NAUTILUS 157 collections were made during the course of a broad study of oyster associates at the Duke Marine Laboratory. Summary The taxonomy of 3 species of pyramidellid gastropods from North Carolina is treated. Odostomia (Chrysallida) dux Dall & Bartsch is reported from North Carolina and the suggestion made that the locality citation made for the type specimen (Japan) is incorrect. Odostomia (CJirysallida) dianthophila is described as a new species and distinguished from O. seminuda C. B. Adams and O. dux. Odostomia seminuda is newly recorded from the scallop, Aequipecten gib bus; O dianthophila is reported as an ectopara- site of the serpulid polychaete Eupomatus dianthu^. Odostomia dianthophila has been found inside the tubes of the retracted worm, behind the operculum among the branchial filaments. This species is successful in penetrating into estuarine areas of reduced salinity. Other aspects of their biology are discussed. References Allen, J. Frances. 1958. Naut. 72: 11-15. Berry, S. S. 1954. Amer. Malacol. Union Ann. Rept. 1954: 22. Bumpus, D. F. 1957. U. S. Fish 8: Wildl. Serv. Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish. 233: 1-132. Cole, H. A., and D. A. Hancock. 1955. J. Mar. Biol. Assoc. U. K. 34: 25-31. Dall, W. H., and P. Bartsch. 1906. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 30: 321-369. Day, C. G. 1960. U. S. Fish & Wildl. Serv. Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish. 359: 1-114. Fretter, Vera, and A. Graham. 1949. J. Mar. Biol. Assoc. U. K. 28: 493-532. Hartman, Olga. 1951. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci. 2(1): 7-124. Hopkins, S. H. 1956. Science 124 (3223) : 628-629. Loosanoff, V. L. 1956. Science 123 (3208) : 1119-1120. Robertson, R. 1957. Naut. 70: 96-97. Thorson, G. 1946. Meddel. Komm. Danmarks Fiskeri-og Havun- dersogelser, ser. Plankton 4 (1) : 1-523. Wells, H. W. 1959. Naut. 72: 140-144. HYDROBIID SNAILS FROM LAKE PONTCHARTRAIN, LOUISIANA By ALAN SOLEM Chicago Natural History Museum During ecological studies on Lake Pontchartrain in 1953 and 1954, Rezneat M. Darnell and his associates took a series of 158 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (4) bottom samples with a Peterson dredge. Each sample covered 0.0645 to 0.1290 square meters. The material was passed through U. S. Standard sieves (20 mesh per inch) and carefully sorted. Through the kindness of Dr. Darnell, my study of the hydrobiids was possible, with the specimens being deposited in Chicago Natural History Museum. Only two species were represented, but they are interesting from both the systematic and ecologic viewpoints. LiTTORiDiNA (Texadina) sphinctostoma Abbott and Ladd. 1951, Jour. Washington Acad. Sci. 41 (10) : 335-338, 12 figs. This species was reported previously from several Texas lo- calities and Grand Isle, Louisiana. Probably it is distributed widely in the Gulf area, but has been overlooked because of its small size. Abbott and Ladd based the subgenus Texadina on the apertural constriction in their new species, as contrasted to the relatively larger aperture in other Littoridina. The same kind of constriction is found in Probythinella protera Pilsbry and Amphithalamus (Floridiscrobs) dysbatus Pilsbry and Mc- Ginty (Naut 63: 14-15, pi. 1, fig. 7) . Quite possibly this apertural construction is a convergent adaptive response to some unknown ecologic factor in the Gulf Coast estuarine environment, since it has occurred in three distinct lineages. I question the necessity of recognizing this variation by subgeneric terminology, and have refrained from creating a subgenus of Probythinella equivalent to Texadina and Floridiscrobs. Probythinella protera Pilsbry. Figure 1 1953, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Monographs, <^: 444-445, pi. 64, fig. 6; Pliocene of St. Petersburg, Florida. The occurrence of a Pliocene species from Florida alive in Lake Pontchartrain is at first impression astonishing. The same Plio- cene fauna includes either the same or different subspecies of the following living taxa: Viviparus georgianus (Lea) , Notogillia wetherbyi (Dall) , Goniobasis catenaria (Lea) , Helisoma scalare (Jay) , and Gyraulus parvus (Say) . The nearest relative to Probythinella protera appears to be the northern Probythinella lacustris (F. C. Baker) . The latter species has recently been discussed by Hibbard and Taylor (1960, Univ. Mich. Mus. Paleontology, 16, no. 1, pp. 80-84, fig. 5, pi. 4, figs. 1, 2, 5, 6) in great detail. The nearest known locality for P. April, 1961 NAUTILUS 159 Fig. 1, Probythinella protera Pilsbry. Two shells from Lake Pontchartrain, La. lacustris is in Chicot County, Arkansas. So little is known of the distribution of Louisiana snails, however, that P. lacustris may extend much nearer Lake Pontchartrain than is shown by plotted records. Variation within the Lake Pontchartrain P. protera was as great as that found in the ecologic forms of P. lacustris mentioned by Hibbard and Taylor. P. protera, although having parallel variation in form, consistently differed from P. lacustris in having a constricted aperture. Distributional ecology: The unfortunate dropping of a par- tially sorted tray of specimens by a temporary assistant prevented full use of the population data. The following few notes sum- marize the retrievable information. With only partial data, sta- tistical treatment was thought useless, and only general observa- tions are included. The number of shells for each sample had been recorded, but not the number of each species for the dropped trays. Forty-seven stations with a total area of 5.45 square meters yielded 6,539 identifiable specimens, 5,183 of which were Littori- dina sphinctostoma and 1,356 were Probythinella protera. This produces an average population of 951 Littoridina and 249 Probythinella per square meter. The extent to which these figures represent counts of living individuals is difficult to assess. 160 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (4) The material had at one time been preserved in formalin and several lots had dried out. It was thus often impossible to decide whether a shell represented a recently dead shell or a living example. This factor, combined with the partial loss of data prevented detailed statistical treatment of the population structure. The 47 samples ranged from a low of no mollusks recovered to a high of 528 examples (4,093 hydrobiids per square meter) . The maximum number of Littoridina was 455 (3,527 per square meter) and of Probythinella the maximum number was 200 (1,550 per square meter). Of the 47 samples, 11 had less than 25 shells, 29 had between 50 and 300 shells, and four had more than 400 examples. Of the 30 unmixed samples, 15 contained only Littoridina and 14 both Littoridina and Probythinella. Only one sample had just Probythinella, and in only one additional sample did the Probythinella outnumber the Littoridina. The data are not enough to allow definite conclusions concern- ing the actual population structures in Lake Pontchartrain, since the samples were not evenly distributed. In the areas sampled, Littoridina greatly outnumbered Probythinella, but possibly only fringe Probythinella areas were sampled. I am indebted to Dr. Darnell for permission to examine this material, and to R. Tucker Abbott for comparing the type of Probythinella protera with the Lake Pontchartrain specimens. LAND SNAILS FROM MARYLAND COASTAL PLAIN By F. WAYNE GRIMM Michigan State University, East Lansing Recent collecting on the Coastal Plain of Maryland has re- vealed the presence of 4 species of land snails not recorded pre- viously from that region. Triodopsis fosteri (F. C. Baker) . This midwestern species has been taken at 5 stations in Wicomico Co., Md., on the Delmarva Peninsula. At all stations, it was associated with human refuse. It may have been accidentally introduced from somewhere in New Jersey, where it occurs in and around the town of Burling- ton. Nearly a hundred years ago, T. fosteri was introduced into Burlington by W. G. Binney (Pilsbry, Land Mollusca of North America, vol. 1, p. 832) . April, 1961 NAUTILUS 161 Maryland: Wicomico Co. Abundant in lumberyard along U.S. 13 at Salisbury. Whitehaven Ferry, near saltmarsh. Dump on Indian shell-heap immediately south of Bivalve. Valley of Nas- sowango Creek, 1 mile east of Waste Gate on Md. 350. Near bridge at Mill Branch, 1 mile south of Mardela Springs. Retinella ayptomphala solida H. B. Baker. Widespread but never abundant, this strikingly beautiful snail inhabits wooded areas on either side of the Chesapeake Bay. It appears to prefer the undersides of logs in open pine woods. All specimens were collected in winter and early spring. Maryland: Leaf mould, valley of Old Woman's Run 1 mile south of Bennesville, Charles Co. Near foundation of building, woods .8 mile east-southeast of Bryan's Road, Charles Co. Logs near highway, 2.7 miles southeast of Lexington Park, St. Mary's Co. On hill above Stony Run, Patapsco, Anne Arundel Co. Woods at roadside near Normans, 3 miles south of Stevensville, Kent Island, Queen Anne's Co. Ventridens cerinoideus (Anthony) . Seen from only 2 stations in St. Mary's Co., which occupies the southeastern half of the peninsula between the Patuxent and Potomac estuaries. It may have been introduced from coastal Virginia or farther south. V. cerinoideus appears to be absent from the Delmarva Peninsula. Maryland: St. Mary's Co. — Under debris near old building at Oakville (one juvenile, dead) . Dump in woods, valley of Locust Run on Md, 5 near Morganza. Punctum smithi Morrison. This minute snail inhabits the leaf mould on heavily wooded slopes. Although widely distributed, it appears rarely. Sporadic records are scattered from the Blue Ridge eastward. To my knowledge, it has not been taken on the Delmarva. Maryland: Blue Ridge Province — Chestnut Grove Road on Elk Ridge, Washington Co. Inner Piedmont — Valley of Bennett Creek near bridge south of Park Mills, Frederick Co. Outer Piedmont — Valley of Walker Branch, west end of Laurel, Prince George's Co. (near the Fall Line) . Coastal Plain — Valley of Old Woman's Run 1 mile south of Bennesville, Charles Co. Near cemetery just east of La Plata, Charles Co. Slope I1/9 mile south of Sand Gates, St. Mary's Co. The author is indebted to Leslie Hubricht for the identification of Retinella cryptomphala solida. S ' ' - / 162 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (4) PLEUROTOMARIIDAE IN BERMUDA WATERS By ruth D. turner Museum of Comparative Zoology- Through the kindness of Dr. and Mrs. S. K. Roberts of Prince- ton University, the MCZ recently has received a young specimen of Perotrochus quoyana (Fisher and Bernardi) which was dredged alive in 300 fathoms, 5 miles east of St. Davids Island, Bermuda. The specimen is only 23 mm. in length and 28 mm. in greatest diameter and the embryonic whorls are in perfect con- dition. At the time Dr. Roberts presented the museum with the speci- men, he said that Dr. H. A. Lowenstram of the California Insti- tute of Technology had dredged a much larger specimen from that area. On borrowing the specimen from Dr. Lowenstram, I was interested to find that it was Entemnotrochus adansoniana (Crosse and Fischer) . This specimen was about half grown, being 58 mm. in length and 69 mm. in greatest diameter. It was dredged dead off the south shore of Bermuda in 110 fathoms. These records extend the range of both species from the Barbados and Cuba north to Bermuda. Following are the records for these species in the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. The generic classification used is that of L. R. Cox (1960) in the "Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology," Part I, Mollusca 1, p. 1220. Entemnotrochus adansoniana (Crosse and Fisher). Pleurotomaria adansoniana Crosse and Fischer, 1861, J. de Conchl. 9'. 163, pi. 5, figs. 1-2 (Guadeloupe, Lesser Antilles, in 150 fathoms) . Blake, station 276, off Bridgetown, Barbados, Lesser Antilles (13° 03' 50" N; 59° 37' 05" W) in 94 fathoms, (alive) ; Blake, station 278, off Bridgetown, Barbados, Lesser Antilles (13° 04' 50" N; 59° 31' 40" W) in 69 fathoms (dead) , Perotrochus quoyana (Fischer and Bernardi) Pleurotomaria quoyana Fischer and Bernardi, 1856, J. de Conchyl. 5: 165, pi. 5, figs. 1-3 (Marie-Galante, Lesser Antilles). Blake, station 296, off Bridgetown, Barbados, Lesser Antilles (13° 05' 24" N; 59° 38' 45" W) in 84 fathoms (alive) ; Hassler, station Sandy Bay, Barbados, Lesser Antilles in 75-100 fathoms (alive) ; Atlantis, station 2953, off Bahia Corrientes, Cuba (21° April, 1961 NAUTILUS 163 47' 30" N; 84° 32' 03'' W) in 615 fathoms (dead) . The largest MCZ specimen of E. adansoniana (Crosse and Fischer) is 124 mm. in length and 128 mm. in greatest diameter. The largest of P. quoyana (Fischer and Bernardi) is 51 mm. in length and 57 mm. in greatest diameter. PETER OLAUS OKKELBERG, 1880-1960 To his colleagues and the many students with whom he worked, the death of Professor Okkelberg on September 13, 1960, repre- sents a real loss. He was born near Goodhue, Minnesota, No- vember 12, 1880, and received his Ph.D. from the University of Michigan in 1918. His 50 years of service at the same University, prior to his retirement in 1951, centered mainly in the teaching of embryology and comparative anatomy. While he was respon- sible for the training of thousands of premedical students, he did participate in basic research involving many graduate students working towards higher degrees. Among the 23 students who completed their doctorate under his direction, one wrote a dis- sertation in malacology. He donated his mollusk collections to the Museum of Zoology in 1930, soon after he became one of the key administrative offi- cers in the University (Secretary, Assistant Dean, and Associate Dean in the Graduate School between 1933 and 1951, succes- sively) . His collections reflect a long and wide interest in mol- lusks; they include land, fresh-water and marine shells from most of the places he worked, including the biological stations in Beau- fort, North Carolina, and Woods Hole, Massachusetts. He also collected at various times in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Colorado, Wyoming, Ontario, New York, Ohio and Michigan. In the summer of 1929, Dr. Okkelberg accompanied William J. Clench on a University of Michigan expedition for Calvin Goodrich to Georgia. One of the main objectives of this trip was to procure pleurocerid snails for studies in which Mr. Good- rich was then engaged. As often happens in field work, this expe- dition did not accomplish the anticipated goals. The area in central Georgia has a poor mollusk fauna. They had assumed that it had simply not been explored previously; however, they discovered that a large schistose belt crossed that region from northeast to southwest. The scarcity of lime resulting from this 164 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (4) condition made collecting in those streams very disappointing. Furthermore, heavy unexpected rains produced such unfavorable situations that a change in their original plans was necessary. A side trip to Florida and Cuba was added to their itinerary. In a conversation with Dr. Okkelberg later, he indicated that he thoroughly enjoyed this field trip. He frequently referred to it as a cherished memory in his zoological career. Among the sub- stantial collections made by Clench and Okkelberg, Goodrich found 3 new varieties of pleurocerids as well as a good series of topotypes. Dr. Okkelberg's interests in malacology were not only reflected in his collections over an extended period but in the number of occasions that he served on doctoral committees of malacology students. He himself directed the work of Margaret E. Whitney who later published her work under the following titles: "Some observations on the reproductive cycle of the common land snail, Vallonia pulchella. Influence of enviromental factors" (Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci., 47: 299-307, 1938) ; and "The hermaphroditic gland and germ cells of Vallonia pulchella Miill." (Pap. Mich. Acad. Sci., Arts & Letters, 26; 311-338, 1941). His dedication to high standards and his interest in malacology were most helpful. His devotion to students and his inspiring assistance to them was evident to me especially when he arranged to instruct me for a semester in his own laboratory at a time when a formal course in malacology was not given on our campus. — Henry van der Schalie, Museum of Zoology, Ann Arbor, Mich. FRANCIS NOYES BALCH 1874-1960 Francis Noyes Balch of Boston, Massachusetts, a co-founder of the Boston Malacological Club, died October 14, 1960, at the age of eighty-six. Chronic illness had kept him confined to his home for several years before his death. Mr. Balch was a man who combined with distinction both a vocation and an avocation. His vocation was the Law which he both practiced and taught. For five years he served as associate professor of business law at the Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration. At one time or another he was a mem- April, 1961 NAUTILUS 165 ber of the Massachusetts Constitutional Convention of 1916-17; of the Boston Finance Commission; and of the Massachusetts Legislature. For avocations he had both malacology and ornithology. Ex- perience immediately after gi^aduation from Harvard College in 1896 included work at Woods Hole in 1896 and with the U.S. Fish Commission in 1897. Cold Spring Harbor in New York came next in 1898 and 1899. Here Mr. Balch was especially con- cerned with nudibranchs, reporting one new genus and two new species. Throughout a long lifetime, vocation and avocations touched at many points as is evidenced by a list of his interests: coloration and distribution of Mollusca; chroma tophores of cephalopods; the nudibranchiata; bird migration and coloration; heredity, eugenics and crime; anthropology and pre-history. The Boston Malacological Club, whcih celebrated its 50th anniversary this year (1960) is largely indebted to Francis Balch's interest and initiative. He was the Club's first vice-president and second president. During subsequent years he shared in the Club's activities until increasing physical disability rendered this im- possible. In recognition of his many contributions to the club a memorial fund was set up by the members. The following is a list of Mr. Balch's malacological publica- tions with new species described by him: List of marine Mollusca of Coldspring Harbor, Long Island, with descriptions of one new genus and two new species of nudi- branchs. Proceedings, Boston Society of Natural History, vol. 29, no. 7, Oct.. 1899, pp. 133-162. Polycerella davenportii, new species (Polyceridae) . Coramhella, new genus (Corambidae) . Coramhella depressa, new species. Remarks on certain New England chitons with description of a new variety. Nautilus 20 (6), Oct. 1906, pp. 62-68. Tonicella ruber (Lowe) var. index, new. On a new Labradorean species of Onchidiopsis, a genus of mol- lusks new to eastern North America; with remarks on its rela- tionships. Proceedings, U.S. National Museum, no. 1761, vol. 38, Oct. 6, 1910. Onchidiopsis corys, new species. — Merrill E. Champion. NOTES AND NEWS Jeanne Sanderson Schwengel — Dr. Jeanne S. (Mrs. Frank R.) Schwengel died suddenly, February 17th, at the age of 71, 166 NAUTILUS Vol. 74 (4) while attending the meetings of the St. Petersburg Shell Club. She will be missed sadly by all her many friends and scientific colleagues. An obituary will appear in a future number. — Editors. YuNQUEA MONTEPLATONis. — "Suavitas" monteplatoTiis Pilsbry, 1931-21, from Mt. Platon (Piton?) , Haiti, is a larger shell than Y. denselirata, with more arcuate and thickened, basal peristome; Cf. Helix effusa (Pfr.) Tryon, Man. Conch. 2: pi. 51, figs. 30-32 (ANSP. 12147 from Bland) . With this addition, a new subfamily Yunqueinae (in Sagdidae) is proposed; Zilch, 1960:589, wisely questioned the inclusion of Yunquea in Aquebaninae, since it is different enough to be made a separate family, at the bases of the Sagdidae and Oleacinidae. Like Aquehana, Yunquea lacks lamellae but, in form of shell, also approaches Odontosagda, of which "Y. denselirata" van der Schalie, 1948:71, pi. 6, fig. 5, apparently is a Puerto Rican species. — H.Burrington Baker. The status of Vitrinizonites uvidermis Pilsbry. — F. uvider- mis, according to Pilsbry (Land Moll. N. Amer. II, pp. 347-349.) , differs from F. latissimus (Lewis) in lacking the calcareous layer of the shell, and in having much larger teeth in the radula. I recently examined the radulae of specimens of F. latissimus from Little Haw Knob, Unicoi Mtn., Monroe Co., Tennessee. They were found to have teeth larger than those of F. uvidermis from Clingmans Dome. The difference between the teeth on the two ends of the radula was as great as the difference reported for the two species by Pilsbry. The teeth were small in the si>ecimens of F. latissimus which Pilsbry examined because the animals were immature. Frequently the shells of zonitid snails in lime deficient areas become thin when old. The shells of Mesomphix will sometimes collapse in the fingers when attempting to remove the animal. Possibly they extract lime from the shell to use in egg production. I believe F. uvidermis to be only very old F. latissimus. I have collected F. uvidermis many times but never have seen a young one. The teeth of F. latissimus are large enough so that they can give a painful pinch when carried in the hand, but I never had them draw blood. — Leslie Hubricht. April, 1961 NAUTILUS 111 PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED 1960 Habe, Tadashige & Taiji Kikuchi. Fauna and flora of the sea around the Amakusa Marine Biological Laboratory, Part I, Mollusca. 70 pp. Amakusa Mar. Biol. Lab. Hubricht, Leslie. The cave snail, Caiychium stygium Call. Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 27:35-38, figs. 1-2. Karlin, Edward J. 8c John A. Naegele. Biology of the Mollusca of greenhouses in New York state. Cornell Agric. Exj>er. Sta., Memoir 372, 35 pp., 16 figs. Knight, J. Brookes, L. R. Cox, A. Myra Keen, A. G. Smith, R. L. Batten, E. L. Yochelson, N. H. Ludbrook, Robert Ro- bertson, C. M. Yonge, and R. C. Moore. (Moore, Raymond C. k Charles W. Pitrat, editors) . Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology, Part 1, Mollusca 1. General features, Scaphopoda, Amphineura, Monoplacophora, Gastropoda: general features, Archaeogastropoda and some (mainly Paleozoic) Caenogas- tropoda and Opisthobranchia. 351 -f- xxiii pp., 216 figs. Geol. Soc. America & University Kas. Pres. Ladd, Harry S. Origin of the Pacific island moUuscan fauna. Amer. Jour. Sci. 25.^-/1 ;1 37-1 50, 3 figs. Okutani, Takashi, & Tadashige Habe. Pterotrachea coronata (FoTskal) a heteropod mollusc from South African waters. Ann. Natal Mus. 7^:513-515, 2 figs. Riedel, Adolf. Die Gattung Lindbergia Riedel nebst Angaben iiber Vitrea illyrica (A. J. Wagner) . Ann. Zool., Polska Akad. Nauk 18:333- 346, 19 figs. Turner, Ruth D. Land shells of Navassa Island, West Indies. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 722:233-244, pis. 1-7. Verdcourt, B. East African slugs of the family Urocyclidae. J. East Africa Nat. Hist. Soc. 23:200-209, figs. 1-4. Zilch, Adolf. Gastropoda von Wilhelm Wenz, Teil 2, Euthyneura. Handb. Palaeozoologie 6:401-600, figs. 1435-2111 (Lief. 3: DM. 84); 601-834, i-xii, figs. 2112-2515 (Lief. 4: DM. 144). Gebruder Borntraeger, Berlin-Nikolassee. Zimmerman, James A. Pleistocene molluscan faunas of the Newell Lake deposit, Logan County, Ohio. Ohio J. Sci. 60:13-39, figs. 1-19. UNIVERSAL SHELLS Ready early in 1960 Nearly 300 pages, about 2,000 figures, some in color. First part: Cephalopoda, Gastropoda and Amphineura. Net $7.50. Second part will appear later. Order in advance to avoid disap- pointment. From the author: Maxwell Smith, P. O. Box 8295, Asheville, N. C. INDO-PACIFIC MOLLUSCA Monographs of the Marine Mollusks of the Tropical Western Pacific and Indian Oceans A new series devoted to taxonomic revisions of the marine mollusks found from East Africa to Polynesia and Japan to Australia. All species are illustrated either in full color, black- and-white photographs or line drawings. With descriptions, synonymies, anatomy, recent and Tertiary records, habitats, etc. Editor: R. Tucker Abbott; co-editors: William J. Clench and Harald A. Rehder. Vol. 1, no 1 (Introduction and Vasidae) and no. 2 (Strombus) now available. Lamhis and Pinnidae in press. Issued in pamphlet or loose leaf form. State preference. Attrac- tive, gold-stamped, post binder protects your copies, saves you cost of binding. $4.25 (foreign: add 50 cents) . Subscription: $5.00 per 100 pages. Not sent as a library exchange. Department of Mollusks, Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., Philadelphia 3, Pa., U.S.A. FOR SALE: MIOCENE, EOCENE, PLIOCENE FOSSILS Over 250 varieties, including 50,000 shark teeth in all sizes, Dentalium, Scaphella, Tiirritella, Ecpliora, Pecten, Conns, Sur- cula, Bulliopsis, Panope, Terehra, Crucihulum, Urosalpinx, Fulgur, whale vertebrae and disks, petrified crabs (entire) , oysters weighing several pounds, and many others. Retail and wholesale list, with full identifications and sources, available on request. Malicks, 5514 Plymouth Road, Baltimore 14, Maryland. WILLIAM H. WEEKS SHELL COLLECTION: Price lists of this famous collection containing full scientific data are issued from time to time. Copies are available without obligation. Send name and address for future issues. Many new and rare shells are included also. George E. Jacobs, 853 Riverside Drive, New York 32, N. Y. MBL WHOI LIBRARY UH 17XN R !■ «